Superior Pool Products Above Ground Pool Program

Transcription

1

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2008 PROGRAM CONTACT LIST POOL PACK CHECKLIST SOUTHPORT GLX BRISBANE BARRIER REEF BARRIER REEF RTS PARTS LIST SOUTHPORT GLX BRISBANE BARRIER REEF BARRIER REEF RTS FRAME BREAKDOWN SOUTHPORT GLX BRISBANE BARRIER REEF BARRIER REEF RTS INSTALLATION MANUALS SOUTHPORT GLX - ROUND - CHANNEL LOK II BRISBANE - ROUND - CHANNEL LOK I BARRIER REEF/BARRIER REEF RTS - ROUND - GIBRALTAR WARRANTY INFORMATION 2007 OUTBACK POOL PACK CHECKLIST EMPIRE MELBOURNE SOUTHPORT 2007 OUTBACK POOL PARTS LIST EMPIRE MELBOURNE SOUTHPORT

3 Superior Pool Products 2008 Above Ground Pool Program

4 SOUTHPORT GLX 52 6 TOP RAILS, 5 VERTICAL SUPPORTS TREATED WITH TEXTURE KOTE ALL-WEATHER PROTECTIVE COATINGS ONE PIECE RESIN TOP CONNECTOR 52 SAVANNA WALL WITH PROTECTOLOC COATINGS AND 12 SKIMMER KNOCK OUT AVAILABLE IN CHANNEL LOK II REDUCED BUTTRESS OVALS

5 BRISBANE 52 7 TOP RAILS, 5-1/2 VERTICAL SUPPORTS TREATED WITH TEXTURE KOTE ALL-WEATHER PROTECTIVE COATINGS COORDINATED WALL AND PRINTED FRAME PATTERN ONE PIECE RESIN TOP CONNECTOR WITH OUTBACK BRANDING MATCHING RESIN FOOT COVERS 52 UMBRA WALL WITH PROTECTOLOC COATINGS AND 12 SKIMMER KNOCK OUT AVAILABLE IN CHANNEL LOK I REDUCED BUTTRESS OVALS

6 BARRIER REEF 54 8 TOP RAILS, 6 VERTICALS CHAMPAGINE COLOR TEXTURE KOTE FRAME 54 CORAL WALL WITH PROTECTOLOC COATING AND 12 SKIMMER KNOCK OUT TWO PIECE RESIN TOP CONNECTOR WITH OUTBACK BRANDING MATCHING RESIN FOOT COVER RESIN BASE ASSEMBLY INCLUDING RESIN BASE PLATES AND BOTTOM RAILS AVAILABLE IN GIBRALTAR BUTTRESS FREE OVALS

7 BARRIER REEF RTS 54 8 RESIN TOP RAILS 6 TEXTURE KOTE PROTECTED STEEL VERTICALS CHAMPAGINE COLOR FRAME 54 CORAL WALL WITH PROTECTOLOC COATING AND 12 SKIMMER KNOCK OUT TWO PIECE RESIN TOP CONNECTOR WITH OUTBACK BRANDING MATCHING RESIN FOOT COVER COMPLETE RESIN BASE ASSEMBLY AVAILABLE IN GIBRALTAR BUTTRESS FREE OVALS

8 SOUTHPORT GLX PARTS LIST PR/PV2194XXXX CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' POOL Top Rail 45 15/32" 10 Frame Pack Vertical 51 1/2" Connector Top Plate Base Plate " Slotted Tube Connector Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 44 5/8" Hardware Pack (95) Outback Pool Warranty Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual " Round Coping Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1 15' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32" Vertical 51 1/2" Connector Top Plate Base Plate Slotted Tube Connector Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 56" Hardware Pack (95) Outback Pool Warranty Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual " Round Coping 10 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1

9 SOUTHPORT GLX PARTS LIST PR/PV2194XXXX CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 18' POOL Top Rail 56 27/32" 12 Frame Pack Vertical 51 1/2" Connector Top Plate Base Plate Slotted Tube Connector Slotted tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 56" Hardware Pack (59) Outback Pool Warranty Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual " Round Coping 15 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 21' POOL Top Rail 56 27/32" 14 Frame Pack Vertical 51 1/2" Connector Top Plate Base Plate Slotted Tube Connector Slotted Tube 21' DIA x 55 3/4" Bottom Rail 21' DIA x " Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (77) Outback Pool Warranty Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual " Round Coping 17 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1

10 SOUTHPORT GLX PARTS LIST PR/PV2194XXXX CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 24' POOL Top Rail 56 27/32" 16 Frame Pack Vertical 51 1/2" Connector Top Plate Base Plate Slotted Tube Connector Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Bottom Rail 24' DIA x " Hardware Pack (77) Outback Pool Warranty Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual " Round Coping 19 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 27' POOL Top Rail 56 27/32" 18 Frame Pack Vertical 51 1/2" Connector Top Plate Base Plate Slotted Tube Connector Slotted Tube 27' DIA x 55 1/4" Bottom Rail 27' DIA x " Hardware Pack (77) Hardware Pack (95) Outback Pool Warranty Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual " Round Coping 22 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1

11 SOUTHPORT GLX PARTS LIST PR/PV2194XXXX 12'x18' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY POOL Top Rail 45 15/32" 8 Frame Pack Transition Top Rail 58 1/4" Vertical 51 1/2" Top Plate Side Top Plate Base Plate Connector Slotted Tube Connector 6" Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 44 5/8" Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 56" Hardware Pack (77) Outback Pool Warranty Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual Channel Lok 2 Buttress System Installation Manual Channel Lok 2 Concrete Installation Bulletin Channel Lok 2 Strap 2 7/8" x " 1 Strap Pack Diagonal Bracket 2 Channel LOK Buttress Base Plate 2 Mid Pack Buttress Vertical Buttress Diagonal Hold Down Plate Channel Lok 2 Hardware Pack " Round Coping 13 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1

12 SOUTHPORT GLX PARTS LIST PR/PV2194XXXX CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' x 24' Top Rail 45 15/32" 8 POOL Transition Top Rail 47" Side Top Rail 47 1/4" Vertical 51 1/2" Top Plate Side Top Plate Base Plate Connector Slotted Tube Connector 6" Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 44 1/8" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 44 1/8" Hardware Pack (77) Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 44 5/8" Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 44 5/8" Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 44 5/8" Resin Support - Coated Bottom Rail Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual Channel Lok 2 Buttress System Installation Manual Channel Lok 2 Concrete Installation Bulletin Channel Lok 2 Strap 2 7/8" x " 3 Strap Pack Diagonal Bracket 6 Channel LOK Buttress Base Plate 6 Mid Pack Buttress Vertical Buttress Diagonal Hold Down Plate Channel Lok 2 Hardware Pack " Round Coping 16 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1

13 SOUTHPORT GLX PARTS LIST PR/PV2194XXXX 15'x30' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY POOL Top Rail 56 27/32" Transition Top Rail 58 1/4" Side Top Rail 58 3/4" Vertical 51 1/2" Top Plate Side Top Plate Base Plate Connector Slotted Tube Connector 6" Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 56" Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Bottom Rail 24' DIA x " Hardware Pack (77) Resin Support - Coated Bottom Rail Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Frame Installation Manual Channel Lok 2 Buttress System Installation Manual Channel Lok 2 Concrete Installation Bulletin Channel Lok 2 Strap 2 7/8" x " 3 Strap Pack Diagonal Bracket 6 Channel LOK Buttress Base Plate 6 Mid Pack Buttress Vertical Buttress Diagonal Hold Down Plate Channel Lok 2 Hardware Pack " Round Coping 20 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/No Jump Label 1

14 Brisbane Parts List PR/PV2195XXXX 12' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 45 9/16" 10 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Base Plate 10 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 44 5/8" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 10 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty " Round Coping 10 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1 15' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" 10 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Base Plate 10 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 56" Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 10 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty " Round Coping 12 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1

15 Brisbane Parts List PR/PV2195XXXX 18' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" 12 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 12 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (59) Base Plate 12 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 56" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 12 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty " Round Coping 15 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1 21' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" 14 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 14 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (77) Base Plate 14 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 21' DIA x 56 3/8" Slotted Tube 21' DIA x 55 3/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 14 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty " Round Coping 17 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1

16 Brisbane Parts List PR/PV2195XXXX 24' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" 16 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 16 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (95) Base Plate 16 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 16 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty " Round Coping 19 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1 27' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" 18 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 18 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (77) Base Plate 18 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 27' DIA 55 7/8" Slotted Tube 27' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 18 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty " Round Coping 22 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1

17 Brisbane Parts List PR/PV2195XXXX 30' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" 20 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 20 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Base Plate 20 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 30' DIA x 56" Slotted Tube 30' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 20 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty C " Round Coping 25 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label C Wall Joiner Hardware 1 Wall Pack 33' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" 22 Top Pack Round Ground Prep Installation Manual Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 22 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (77) Base Plate 22 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 33' DIA x 56" Slotted Tube 33' DIA x 55 3/8" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Connector 22 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty C " Round Coping 25 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label C Wall Joiner Hardware 1 Wall Pack

18 Brisbane Parts List PR/PV2195XXXX 12' x 24' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY BUTTRESS Printed Top Rail 45 9/16" 8 Top Pack Printed Transition Rail 47" Printed Side Rail 47 1/4" Printed Notched Vertical 51 1/2" 6 Notched Vertical Diagonal - Channel LOK /32" 6 Pack Hardware Pack (77) Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Base Plate 10 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 44 5/8" Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 44 5/8" Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 44 5/8" Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 44 1/8" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 44 1/8" Slotted tube Connector 6" Strap 2 7/8" x 61 1/8" 12' CHLK Channel LOK 1 Buttress System Installation Manual Connector 16 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty Galvenized Upright - Channel Lok 1 Resin Bottom 2 Mid Pack Galvenized Base Channel - Channel LOK Reinforcing Bracket Support Bracket Diagonal Bracket Buttress Base Plate Hold Down Plate - Channel LOK Left/Right Vertical Clip Vertical Support Bracket " Round Coping 16 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1

19 Brisbane Parts List PR/PV2195XXXX 15' x 30' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY BUTTRESS Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" Printed Transition Rail 58 1/4" Printed Side Rail 58 3/4" Printed Notched Vertical 51 1/2" 6 Notched Vertical Diagonal - Channel LOK /32" 6 Pack Hardware Pack (77) Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Base Plate 10 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 56" Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Strap 2 7/8" x 54 1/8" 15' CHLK Channel LOK 1 Buttress System Installation Manual Connector 16 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty Galvenized Upright - Channel Lok 1 Resin Bottom 2 Mid Pack Galvenized Base Channel - Channel LOK Reinforcing Bracket Support Bracket Diagonal Bracket Buttress Base Plate Hold Down Plate - Channel LOK Left/Right Vertical Clip Vertical Support Bracket " Round Coping 20 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1

20 Brisbane Parts List PR/PV2195XXXX 18' x 33' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY BUTTRESS Printed Top Rail 56 27/32" Printed Transition Rail 58 1/4" Printed Side Rail 58 3/4" Printed Notched Vertical 51 1/2" 6 Notched Vertical Diagonal - Channel LOK /32" 6 Pack Hardware Pack (77) Printed Vertical 51 1/2" 12 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (59) Base Plate 12 Rail Pack Top Plate Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 56" Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Strap 2 7/8" x 50 5/8" 18' CHLK Channel LOK 1 Buttress System Installation Manual Connector 18 Connector Pack Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer Outback Logo 4 Pack Frame Installation Manual Outback Warranty Galvenized Upright - Channel Lok 1 Resin Bottom 2 Mid Pack Galvenized Base Channel - Channel LOK Reinforcing Bracket Support Bracket Diagonal Bracket Buttress Base Plate Hold Down Plate - Channel LOK Left/Right Vertical Clip Vertical Support Bracket " Round Coping 23 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Manual/Label Pack No Dive/Jump Label 1

21 Barrier Reef Parts List PR/PV2196XXXX 12' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 45 9/16" 10 Top Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 10 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 42 5/8" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted tube Connector Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 10 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 15' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32 10 Top Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 10 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 10 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 12 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

22 Barrier Reef Parts List PR/PV2196XXXX 18' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32 12 Top Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 12 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 12 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 12 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 15 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 21' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32 14 Frame Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 14 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 14 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 21' DIA x 54 3/8" Slotted Tube 21' DIA x 55 3/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 14 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 17 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

23 Barrier Reef Parts List PR/PV2196XXXX 24' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32 16 Top Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 16 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 54 1/4" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 16 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 19 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 27' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32 18 Top Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 18 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 18 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 27' DIA x 53 7/8" Slotted Tube 27' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 18 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 22 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

24 Barrier Reef Parts List PR/PV2196XXXX 30' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32 20 Top Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 20 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Hardware Pack (29) Top Plate Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 30' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 30' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty C " Round Coping 25 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack D Wall Joiner Hardware 1 Wall Pack 33' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Top Rail 56 27/32 22 Top Pack Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 22 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 22 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 33' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 33' DIA x 55 3/8" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 22 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty C " Round Coping 27 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack D Wall Joiner Hardware 1 Wall Pack

25 Barrier Reef Parts List PR/PV2196XXXX 12' x 18' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Top Rail 45 9/16" Transition Rail 58 1/4" Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 12 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 12 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 42 5/8" Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 55" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Strap 2 7/8" x 46 9/16" 12' Gibraltor Left/Right Vertical Clip Gibraltor Buttress Instruction Manual Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 12 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 13 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 12' x 24' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Top Rail 45 9/16" Transition Rail 47" Side Rail 47 1/4" Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 16 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 42 5/8" Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 43 5/8" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 44 5/8" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 44 1/8" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 44 1/8" Strap 2 7/8" x 46 9/16" 12' Gibraltor Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Left/Right Vertical Clip 6

26 Barrier Reef Parts List PR/PV2196XXXX 12' x 24' Inner Connector 16 GIBRALTAR Connector Pack Outer Connector 16 CONTINUED Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 16 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 15' X 30' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Top Rail 56 27/32" Transition Rail 58 1/4" Side Rail 58 3/4" Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 16 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 54" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 55 1/4" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Strap 2 7/8" x 44 7/16" 15' Gibraltor Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Left/Right Vertical Clip Inner Connector 16 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 20 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

27 Barrier Reef Parts List PR/PV2196XXXX 18' X 33' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Top Rail 56 27/32" Transition Rail 58 1/4" Side Rail 58 3/4" Barrier Reef Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 18 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 54" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 54 1/4" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 55 1/4" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Strap 2 7/8" x 56 7/16" 18' Gibraltor Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Left/Right Vertical Clip Inner Connector 18 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 23 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

28 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 12' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 45 5/8 10 Top Pack Resin Hardware Pack (40) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 10 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 42 5/8" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted tube Connector Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 10 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 10 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 15' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 45 5/8" 10 Top Pack Resin Hardware Pack (40) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 10 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (59) Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 10 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 10 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 12 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

29 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 18' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 57" 12 Top Pack Resin Hardware Pack (25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 12 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 12 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 12 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 15 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 21' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 57" 14 Top Pack Resin Hardware Pack (15) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 14 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 14 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 21' DIA x 54 3/8" Slotted Tube 21' DIA x 55 3/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 14 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 17 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

30 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 24' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 57" 16 Top Pack Resin Hardware Pack (40) Resin Hardware Pack (25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 16 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 54 1/4" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 16 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 19 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1 27' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 57" Resin Hardware Pack (25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 18 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 18 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 27' DIA x 53 7/8" Slotted Tube 27' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 18 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty " Round Coping 22 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

31 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 30' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 57" 20 Top Pack Resin Hardware Pack (40) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 20 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Hardware Pack (29) Top Plate Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 30' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 30' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty C " Round Coping 25 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack D Wall Joiner Hardware 1 Wall Pack 33' POOL CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY Resin Top Rail 57" 22 Top Pack Resin Hardware Pack (40) Resin Hardware Pack (25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 22 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 22 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 33' DIA x 54" Slotted Tube 33' DIA x 55 3/8" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 22 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty 1

32 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 33' POOL C " Round Coping 27 CONTINUED Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack D Wall Joiner Hardware 1 Wall Pack 12' x 18' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Resin Top Rail 45 5/8" 8 Top Pack Resin Transition Rail 58 3/8" Resin Hardware Pack ( 25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 12 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 12 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 42 5/8" Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 55" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Strap 2 7/8" x 46 9/16" 12' Gibraltor Left/Right Vertical Clip Gibraltor Buttress Instruction Manual Resin Base Plate Bulletin Inner Connector 12 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 13 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

33 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 12' x 24' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Resin Top Rail 45 5/8" 8 Top Pack Resin Transition Rail 47" Resin Side Rail 47 7/8" Resin Hardware Pack (40) Resin Hardware Pack (25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 16 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 12' DIA x 42 5/8" Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 43 5/8" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 44 5/8" Slotted Tube 12' DIA x 44" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 44 1/8" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 44 1/8" Strap 2 7/8" x 46 9/16" 12' Gibraltor Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Left/Right Vertical Clip Inner Connector 16 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 16 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

34 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 15' X 30' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Resin Top Rail 57" 8 Top Pack Resin Transition Rail 58 3/8" Resin Side Rail 59 3/8" Resin Hardware Pack (40) Resin Hardware Pack (25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 16 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (29) Hardware Pack (95) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 15' DIA x 54" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 55 1/4" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Slotted Tube 15' DIA x 55 1/2" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Strap 2 7/8" x 44 7/16" 15' Gibraltor Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Left/Right Vertical Clip Inner Connector 16 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 20 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

35 Barrier Reef RTS PR/PV2201XXXX 18' X 33' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY GIBRALTAR Resin Top Rail 57" 10 Top Pack Resin Transition Rail 58 3/8" Resin Side Rail 59 3/8" Resin Hardware Pack (25) Ground Prep Installation Manual Barrier Reef Frame Installation Manual Vertical 53 1/2" 18 Vertical Pack Hardware Pack (77) Top Plate 16 Rail Pack Base Plate Resin Bottom Rail 18' DIA x 54" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 54 1/4" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 55 1/4" Resin Bottom Rail 24' DIA x 56 1/4" Slotted Tube 18' DIA x 55 1/4" Slotted Tube 24' DIA x 55 1/2" Strap 2 7/8" x 56 7/16" 18' Gibraltor Slotted Tube Connector 6 1/2" Slotted Tube Connector 6" Left/Right Vertical Clip Inner Connector 18 Connector Pack Outer Connector Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo 4 Pack Outback Pool Warranty Upright Channel 53" 2 Mid Pack Bottom Channel Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Out side "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Mid Pack Hardware " Round Coping 23 Wall Pack Wall Joiner Hardware " Vinyl Skimmer Gasket Reinforcing Bar 54" No Dive/Jump Label Manual/Label Pack 1

36 SOUTHPORT GLX - ROUND Page 1 of TOP RAILS - KEY # 7 - FOUND IN FRAME PACK (30xxxx773) Description Measurements Slate "T" 12' Top Rails 45-15/16" Common Length Top Rails 56-27/32" SECTIONAL VIEW END HOLE PATTERN 4 6 VERTICAL S - KEY # 1 - FOUND IN FRAME PACK (30xxxx773) Description Measurements Slate "T" Vertical Upright 51-1/2" CONNECTORS - KEY # 9 - FOUND IN FRAME PACK (30xxxx773) Description Key # Slate Connector 1 piece INSTRUCTIONS - FOUND IN FRAME PACK (30xxxx773) Description Part Number Round Ground Prep Esprit Frame Assy QUANTITY OF TOP RAILS, VERTICAL S & CONNECTORS 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33'

37 SOUTHPORT GLX - ROUND - Page 2 of 4 SOUTHPORT GLX FRAME COMPONENTS - FOUND IN FRAME PACK (30xxxx773) DESCRIPTION KEY # 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33' Bottom Rail x x x x x x x x 22 Slotted Tube x x x x x x x x 22 Esprit Base Plate x x x x x x x x 22 Esprit Top Plate x x x x x x x x 22 6" Slotted Tube Connector x x x x x x x x 22 Esprit Frame Assembly Round Ground Prep Outback Warranty Hardware Pack (Qty. 59) 3,6, x x x Hardware Pack (Qty. 77) 3,6, x 2 Hardware Pack (Qty. 95) 3,6, x x 2 Hardware Pack (Qty. 29) 3,6, NOTE THE HARDWARE FOUND IN THE FRAME PACK MAY BE AS FOLLOWS: same as same as same as same as COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxx402) PART # DESCRIPTION 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' C 30' D 33' C 33' D " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket

38 SOUTHPORT GLX CHANNEL Page 3 of 4 COMPONENTS - FOUND IN FRAME PACK (30xxxx773) PART # DESCRIPTION KEY # 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' ' Top Rail Common Length Transition Rail x 47" Transition Rail x 58-1/4" Straight Rail x 47-1/4" Straight Rail x 58-3/4" Vertical x 51-1/2" Top Plate Side Top Plate Base Plate Slotted Tube Conn Resin Slotted Tube Conn Rail Support Slotted Tube x 44" Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Yellow) Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Plain) Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" (Green) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (Blue) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (White) Btm Rail x 44-5/8" Btm Rail x 56" Btm Rail x 56" (Yellow) Btm Rail x 56" (Plain) Btm Rail x 56-1/4" (Orange) Btm Rail x 44-5/8" (Blue) Btm Rail x 56-1/4" (Green) Btm Rail x 44-5/8" (White) Esprit Connector Hardware Pack (Qty. 59) 3, 6, Hardware Pack (Qty. 77) 3, 6, Hardware Pack (Qty. 25) 3, 6, Esprit Frame Assembly Channel Lok II Assembly Bulletin - Concrete Installation Outback Warranty

39 SOUTHPORT GLX CHANNEL LOK II - Page 4 of 4 BUTTRESS - FOUND IN MID PACK (390152xx39) PART # DESCRIPTION KEY # 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' Upright 51-1/2" Diagonal Hold Down Plate Diagonal Bracket Base Plate Hardware Pack STRAPS - FOUND IN STRAP PACK (36xxxx10) PART # DESCRIPTION KEY # 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' ' Strap x " ' Strap x " ' Strap x " 13 3 COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxx402) PART # DESCRIPTION 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket NOTE THE HARDWARE FOUND IN THE FRAME PACK MAY BE AS FOLLOWS: same as same as same as same as

40 A A BRISBANE - ROUND Page 1 of TOP RAILS - KEY # 7 - FOUND IN TOP PACK (31xxxx776) Description Measurements Printed "T" 12' Top Rail 45-9/16" Common Length Top Rail 56-27/32" SECTIONAL VIEW END HOLE PATTERN 7 B B 9 VERTICAL S - KEY # 1 - FOUND IN VERTICAL PACK (34xx776) Description Measurements Printed "T" Vertical Upright 51-1/2" SECTIONAL VIEW END HOLE PATTERN CONNECTORS - FOUND IN CONNECTOR PACK (40xx776) Description Key # Oyster 1PieceConnector Foot Cover Connector Cliip/Spacer 9/ Outback Logo Insert (4 Pack) QUANTITY OF TOP RAILS, VERTICAL S & CONNECTORS 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33'

41 BRISBANE - ROUND - Continued Page 2 of 5 BRISBANE FRAME COMPONENTS - FOUND IN BASE RAIL PACK (43xxxx69) DESCRIPTION KEY # 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33' Bottom Rail x x x x x x x x 22 Slotted Tube x x x x x x x x 22 Base Plate x x x x x x x x 22 Top Plate x x x x x x x x 22 6" Slotted Tube Connector x x x x x x x x 22 Hardware Pack (Qty. 29) Hardware Pack (Qty. 59) x x x Hardware Pack (Qty. 77) x x x 3 Hardware Pack (Qty. 95) NOTES: Hardware found in Vertical Pack 34xx776 Instruction Manual Round Ground Prep can be found in 31xxxx776 top rail packs. Brisbane frame assembly and the Outback warranty can be found in 40xx776 connector pack. COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxxxxx) PART # DESCRIPTION 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' C 30' D 33' C 33' D " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket

42 BRISBANE - CHANNEL LOK I OVAL OVERVIEW Page 3 of

43 BRISBANE CHANNEL LOK I OVAL Page 4 of 5 TOP RAILS - KEY # 7 - FOUND IN TOP PACK (31xxxx776) Description Measurements Printed "T" 12' Top Rail 45-9/16" Common Length Top Rail 56-27/32" Transition Top Rail 58-1/4" Transition Top Rail 47" Straight Top Rail 47-1/4" Straight Top Rail 58-3/4" VERTICAL S - FOUND IN VERTICAL PACK (34xx776) Description Measurements Printed "T" Vertical Upright 51-1/2" Notched Vertical Upright 51-1/2" Diagonal 40-19/32" CONNECTORS - FOUND IN CONNECTOR PACK (40xx776) Description Key # Oyster 1PieceConnector Foot Cover Connector Clip/Spacer 9/ Outback Logo Insert (4 Pack) BRISBANE FRAME COMPONENTS - FOUND IN BASE RAIL PACK (43xxxx91) PART # DESCRIPTION KEY # 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' Top Plate Base Plate Slotted Tube Conn Resin Slotted Tube Conn Slotted Tube x 44" Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Yellow) Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Plain) Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" (Green) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (Blue) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (White) Btm Rail 12' Dia. x 44-5/8" Btm Rail 15' Dia. x 56" Btm Rail 18' Dia. x 56" (Yellow) Btm Rail 18' Dia. x 56" (Plain) Btm Rail 24' Dia. x 56-1/4" (Green) Btm Rail 24' Dia. x 44-5/8" (White) Btm Rail 18' Dia. x 44-5/8" (Blue) Strap 2-7/8X61-1/8 12'-CHLK Strap 2-7/8X54-1/8 15'-CHLK Strap 2-7/8X50-5/8 18'-CHLK Channel Lok I Installation Manual

44 BRISBANE CHANNEL LOK I OVAL - Continued OVAL COMPONENTS - FOUND IN MID PACK ( ) Description Key # Part Number Base Channel Buttress Upright Reinforcing Bracket Support Bracket Diagonal Bracket Left/Right Vertical Support Bracket 17/ Oval Base Plate Left/Right Vertical Clip 21/ Hold Down Plate Hardware Pack Page 5 of 5 COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxxxxx) PART # DESCRIPTION 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket NOTES: Instruction Manual Round Ground Prep and BRISBANE Frame can be found in 31xxxx776 top rail packs. Outback warranty can be found in 40xx776 connector pack. HARDWARE FOR CHANNEL LOK I POOLS DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER ACTUAL SIZE TOOL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION SELF TAPPING SCREW #12 x 1/2 INCH LONG PHILLIPS NUMBER 3 SCREWDRIVER OR RED HANDLE #2 ROBERTSON SCREWDRIVER SERRATED FLANGE HEXAGON NUT 1/ /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20 x 3/4 INCH LONG /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20x2-1/4 INCH LONG /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET NUT CLIP 1/ NO TOOL REQUIRED

45 BARRIER REEF - ROUND Page 1 of TOP RAILS - KEY # 7 - FOUND IN TOP PACK (31xxxx777) Description Measurements Taupe "T" 12' Top Rail 45-9/16" Common Length Top Rail 56-27/32" SECTIONAL VIEW END HOLE PATTERN VERTICAL S - KEY # 1 - FOUND IN VERTICAL PACK (34xx777) Description Measurements Taupe "T" Vertical Upright 53-1/2" SECTIONAL VIEW END HOLE PATTERN CONNECTORS - FOUND IN CONNECTOR PACK (40xx777) Description Key # Taupe Inner Connector Outer Connector Spacer Foot Cover Outback Logo Insert QUANTITY OF TOP RAILS, VERTICAL S & CONNECTORS 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33'

46 BARRIER REEF - ROUND - Continued Page 2 of 5 BARRIER REEF FRAME COMPONENTS - FOUND IN BASE RAIL PACK (43xxxx144) DESCRIPTION KEY # 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33' Resin Bottom Rail x x x x x x x x 22 Slotted Tube x x x x x x x x 22 Resin Base Plate x x x x x x x x 22 Top Plate x x x x x x x x 22 6" Slotted Tube Connector x x x x x x x x 22 Hardware Pack (Qty. 29) Hardware Pack (Qty. 59) Hardware Pack (Qty. 77) x x x 3 Hardware Pack (Qty. 95) x x x 3 NOTES: Hardware found in Vertical Pack 34xx777 Instruction Manual Round Ground Prep and Barrier Reef Frame can be found in 31xxxx777 top rail packs. Outback warranty can be found in 40xx777 connector pack. COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxxxxx) PART # DESCRIPTION 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' C 30' D 33' C 33' D " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket

47 BARRIER REEF - GIBRALTAR OVAL Page 3 of

48 BARRIER REEF GIBRALTAR OVAL TOP RAILS - KEY # 7 - FOUND IN TOP PACK (31xxxx777) Description Measurements Taupe "T" 12' Top Rail 45-9/16" Common Length Top Rail 56-27/32" Straight Top Rail 47-1/4" Straight Top Rail 58-3/4" Transition Top Rail 47" Transition Top Rail 58-1/4" VERTICAL S - FOUND IN VERTICAL PACK (34xx777) Description Measurements Taupe "T" Vertical Upright 53-1/2" CONNECTORS - FOUND IN CONNECTOR PACK (40xx777) Description Key # Taupe 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' Inner Connector Outer Connector Spacer Foot Cover " Outback Logo Insert (4 pack) BARRIER REEF FRAME COMPONENTS - FOUND IN BASE RAIL PACK (43xxxx144) PART # DESCRIPTION KEY # 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' Top Plate Resin Base Plate Slotted Tube Conn Resin Slotted Tube Conn Vertical Bracket 21/ Slotted Tube x 44" Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Yellow) Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Plain) Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" (Green) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (Blue) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (White) Res BTM Rail 12'DIAX42-5/8"(07) Res BTM Rail 15' DIA X 54"(07) Res BTM Rail 18' DIA X 54"(07) Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX54-1/4"BLK Res BTM Rail 18'DIA X 55"YLW Res BTM Rail 18'DIAX43-5/8 BL Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX55-1/4GRN Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX44-5/8WHT Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX56-1/4RED ' Strap 2-7/8" X 46-9/16" ' Strap 2-7/8" X 44-7/16" ' Strap 2-7/8" X 56-7/16" Gibraltar installation manual OVAL COMPONENTS - FOUND IN MID PACK ( ) Description Key # Part Number Upright Channel Bottom Channel Outside "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Hardware Pack Page 4 of 5

49 BARRIER REEF GIBRALTAR OVAL - Continued COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxxxxx) PART # DESCRIPTION 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket Page 5 of 5 NOTES: Instruction Manual Round Ground Prep and Barrier Reef Frame can be found in 31xxxx777 top rail packs. Outback warranty can be found in 40xx777 connector pack. HARDWARE FOR GIBRALTAR DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER ACTUAL SIZE KEY NUMBER SELF TAPPING SCREW #12 x 5/8 INCH LONG SERRATED FLANGE HEXAGON NUT 1/ HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20 x 3/4 INCH LONG SERRATED FLANGE HEXAGON NUT 3/ HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 3/8-16 x 1 INCH LONG NUT CLIP 1/

50 BARRIER REEF RT - ROUND Page 1 of 5 3 TOP RAILS - KEY # 7 - FOUND IN TOP PACK (31xxxx780) Description Measurements Taupe Resin 12' Top Rail 45-5/8" Common Length Top Rail 57" SECTIONAL VIEW END HOLE PATTERN VERTICAL S - KEY # 1 - FOUND IN VERTICAL PACK (34xx777) Description Measurements Taupe "T" Vertical Upright 53-1/2" SECTIONAL VIEW END HOLE PATTERN 5 3 CONNECTORS - FOUND IN CONNECTOR PACK (40xx777) Description Key # Taupe Inner Connector Outer Connector Foot Cover " Outback Logo Insert (4 pack) QUANTITY OF TOP RAILS, VERTICAL S & CONNECTORS 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33'

51 BARRIER REEF RT - ROUND - Continued Page 2 of 5 BARRIER REEF RT FRAME COMPONENTS - FOUND IN BASE RAIL PACK (43xxxx144) DESCRIPTION KEY # 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33' Resin Bottom Rail x x x x x x x x 22 Slotted Tube x x x x x x x x 22 Resin Base Plate x x x x x x x x 22 Top Plate x x x x x x x x 22 6" Slotted Tube Connector x x x x x x x x 22 Hardware Pack (Qty. 29) Hardware Pack (Qty. 59) Hardware Pack (Qty. 77) x x x 3 Hardware Pack (Qty. 95) x x x 3 NOTES: Hardware found in Vertical Pack 34xx777 Instruction Manual Round Ground Prep and Barrier Reef Frame can be found in 31xxxx777 top rail packs. Outback warranty can be found in 40xx777 connector pack. COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxxxxx) PART # DESCRIPTION 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' C 30' D 33' C 33' D " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket

52 BARRIER REEF RT - GIBRALTAR OVAL Page 3 of

53 BARRIER REEF RT GIBRALTAR TOP RAILS - KEY # 7 - FOUND IN TOP PACK (31xxxx780) Description Measurements Taupe Resin 12' Top Rail 45-5/8" Common Length Top Rail 57" Transition Top Rail 47-7/8" Transition Top Rail 59-3/8" Straight Top Rail 47" Straight Top Rail 58-3/8" VERTICAL S - FOUND IN VERTICAL PACK (34xx777) Description Measurements Taupe "T" Vertical Upright 53-1/2" CONNECTORS - FOUND IN CONNECTOR PACK (40xx777) Description Key # Taupe 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' Inner Connector Outer Connector Foot Cover " Outback Logo Insert (4 pack) BARRIER REEF RT FRAME COMPONENTS - FOUND IN BASE RAIL PACK (43xxxx144) PART # DESCRIPTION KEY # 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' Top Plate Resin Base Plate Slotted Tube Conn Resin Slotted Tube Conn Vertical Bracket 21/ Slotted Tube x 44" Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Yellow) Slotted Tube x 55-1/4" (Plain) Slotted Tube x 55-1/2" (Green) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (Blue) Slotted Tube x 44-1/8" (White) Res BTM Rail 12'DIAX42-5/8"(07) Res BTM Rail 15' DIA X 54"(07) Res BTM Rail 18' DIA X 54"(07) Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX54-1/4"BLK Res BTM Rail 18'DIA X 55"YLW Res BTM Rail 18'DIAX43-5/8 BL Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX55-1/4GRN Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX44-5/8WHT Res BTM Rail 24'DIAX56-1/4RED ' Strap 2-7/8" X 46-9/16" ' Strap 2-7/8" X 44-7/16" ' Strap 2-7/8" X 56-7/16" Gibraltar installation manual OVAL COMPONENTS - FOUND IN MID PACK ( ) Description Key # Part Number Upright Channel Bottom Channel Outside "T" Bracket Middle "T" Bracket Inside "L" Bracket Hold Down Plate Strap Bracket Hardware Pack Page 4 of 5

54 BARRIER REEF RT GIBRALTAR OVAL - Continued COMPONENTS FOUND IN WALL - (38xxxxxxx) PART # DESCRIPTION 12 x 18' 12 x 24' 15 x 24' 15 x 30' 18 x 33' " Round Coping " Joiner Hardware Literature Pack Wall Savor Gasket Page 5 of 5 NOTES: Instruction Manual Round Ground Prep and Barrier Reef Frame can be found in 31xxxx777 top rail packs. Outback warranty can be found in 40xx777 connector pack. HARDWARE FOR GIBRALTAR DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER ACTUAL SIZE KEY NUMBER SELF TAPPING SCREW #12 x 5/8 INCH LONG SERRATED FLANGE HEXAGON NUT 1/ HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20 x 3/4 INCH LONG SERRATED FLANGE HEXAGON NUT 3/ HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 3/8-16 x 1 INCH LONG NUT CLIP 1/

55 OUTBACK A/G POOLS 2008 INSTALLATION MANUALS Complete installation manuals can be viewed or printed Installation DVD s are available upon request SOUTHPORT GLX ROUND MODEL CODE: PR GROUND PREPARATION FRAME INSTRUCTIONS BUTTRESS OVAL CHANNEL LOK II: PV GROUND PREPARATION FRAME INSTRUCTIONS BULLETIN BRISBANE ROUND MODEL CODE: PR GROUND PREPARATION FRAME INSTRUCTIONS BULLETIN BUTTRESS OVAL CHANNEL LOK I: PV GROUND PREPARATION FRAME INSTRUCTIONS BULLETIN BARRIER REEF / BARRIER REEF RTS ROUND MODEL CODE: PR2196/PR GROUNDS PREPARATION FRAME INSTRUCTIONS BULLETIN BULLETIN BULLETIN BUTTRESS FREE OVAL GIBRALTAR: PV2196/ GROUND PREPARATION FRAME INSTRUCTIONS BULLETIN BULLETIN BULLETIN

56 This manual must be left with the pool owner Pool Component Installation SECTION 1 Manual General Instructions A All Round Pools Part No rev. 4 Safety Rules or Pool Owners Your pool contains a large quantity of water, and is deep enough to present inherent dangers to life and health unless the following safety rules are strictly observed. irsttime users run the highest risk of injury. Make sure everyone understands all safety rules before entering the pool. Post NO DIVING and NO JUMPING signs beside the pool. or additional safety information please read the enclosed booklet The Sensible Way To Enjoy Your Aboveground/Onground Swimming Pool. 1. No Jumping or Diving The top rail of your pool is not a walkway and must not be used for jumping or diving. Do not permit jumping or diving into the pool from a deck or the top rail of the pool. Diving or jumping into the pool can result in serious injury. 2. Never use the Pool Alone Never permit the pool to be used unless it is attended by at least one person other than the bather. Someone should always be available to lend assistance in an emergency. 3. Never Leave Children Unattended Never leave a child alone and unsupervised in or near the pool not even for a second. There is no substitute for constant adult supervision. 4. No Rough-housing Do not permit rough-housing in and around your pool. Surfaces can become slippery and hazardous when wet. 5. Light the Pool at Night If the pool is used after dusk, adequate lighting must be provided. Illumination in the pool area must be sufficient to clearly judge pool depth and all features in and around the pool. or lighting recommendations, consult your local licensed electrical contractor. 6. Restrict Access to the Pool Do not leave chairs or other furniture beside the pool that could be used by a child to climb up into the pool. Ladders must be removed whenever the pool is unattended. A fence with a lockable gate around the pool or yard is strongly recommended and may be required by law in some jurisdictions. 7. No Alcohol or Drugs The use of alcohol or drugs does not mix with pool activities. Persons who have been drinking alcohol or using any drugs should not be allowed in the pool, and should be carefully supervised in the surrounding area. 8. Keep Your Pool Clean and Sanitary Your filter system will remove suspended particles from the water and the surface skimmer will remove insects, leaves and other debris from the water surface. Use the correct pool chemicals as directed to destroy harmful bacteria and prevent formation of algae. Remember, unsanitary water is a serious health hazard. 1-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

57 A. Introduction to Installing your Pool Read all instructions completely before you begin. These instructions explain how to install your pool. Simply follow the step-by-step directions. Start with this part, SECTION 1 and use the other instructions, SECTION 2 to 4 to put together your entire pool. SECTION 1 also has Safety Rules and instructions to help you keep your pool clean and in good shape, year after year. Be sure to read the Safety Rules, and make sure everyone who uses your pool reads and understands them. B. Determine a Location for your Pool! Important Note: Ground preparation is one of the most important steps in the installation process. A proper foundation will ensure the rest of the pool assembly goes smoothly and that no problems will occur when the pool is filled with water. 1. The Terrain Pay special attention to choosing the right location for your pool: Choose a large area, as flat and level as possible. Choose a spot on dry, firm earth do not install the pool on concrete, asphalt, tar paper, sand, gravel, peat moss, wood or chemically treated soil. Check with your pool dealer to see if Nut Grass grows in your area. This type of grass may grow up through your pool liner. Your dealer will be able to advise how best to treat the site. Sloped areas will need to be made level by digging away high spots, not by filling low spots be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if necessary No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

58 ! Important: When locating the centre of the pool, be sure to take into consideration any structures (deck, patio, house) or relevant items (change rooms, gazebo, etc.) that the pool may need to line up with and ensure that the pool is in the most visual pleasing location for your property Things to Avoid Do not locate your pool near or on any of the following: Overhanging tree branches. Overhead wires and clotheslines. Buried pipes and wires-contact your gas, electric and telephone utilities to find buried pipes and wires before you dig. Hilly and uneven terrain. 5 6 Areas with poor drainage. 7 Grass, stones and roots. Grass will rot underneath the pool liner, and stones and roots will damage the pool liner. Areas recently treated with oil-based weed killers, chemicals or fertilizers. 3. Plan Ahead Will you be adding an adjacent deck later? Be sure to leave room. Will you be using pool accessories or other appliances that need electricity or gas? Locate your pool near these services or plan to have them installed later by a licensed contractor. C. Prepare the oundation of your Pool 1. Mark out the Area a. Drive a peg into the ground at the centre of the area where you want your pool. b. Use a length of string tied between the peg and a can of spray paint, and mark a circle on the ground. Choose the length of string you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. The circle will be 6" (15 cm) bigger all round than the pool. 8 9 No Diving or Jumping. Size of foundation circle Size of pool 6" (15 cm) Observe all Safety Rules.

59 Pool Size Length of String Length of 2-by-4 12' 6'-6" (200 cm) 6'-6" (200 cm) 15' 8'-0" (244 cm) 8'-0" (244 cm) 18' 9'-6" (290 cm) 9'-6" (290 cm) 21' 11'-0" (335 cm) 11'-0" (335 cm) 24' 12'-6" (380 cm) 12'-6" (380 cm) 27' 14'-0" (426 cm) 14'-0" (426 cm) 2. Remove the Sod a. Remove all sod and plants from the circle. b. Remove any sticks, stones and roots from the circle. 10 Remember: Your pool must be perfectly level. Take the time you need to be sure your foundation is perfectly level.! Hint: Use a surveyor s transit instead of a carpenter s level, if one is available. 3. Make the Area lat and Level a. Replace the centre peg with a flat-topped stake, at least 1" (25 mm) square and 6" (15 cm) long. Drive it down flush with the ground surface. b. Nail one end of a straight 2-by-4 to the top of the stake. Choose the length of 2-by-4 you need for your pool from the chart above. Use a nail 11 long enough to hold the end of the 2-by-4 to the stake while you rotate it in a circle. c. Put a carpenter s level on the 2-by-4 and swing the board in a circle to find the high and low spots No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

60 d. Remove all the high spots with a shovel, hoe or rake. Be prepared to hire earth moving equipment if you need to level a large area. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool. 13 e. Do not fill in low areas. illing will create an unsafe foundation for your pool. Small dips and hollows may be filled in, but the soil must be hardpacked with a tamping tool Remember: The outer 12" (30 cm) of the circle must be perfectly flat. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it. Take the time you need to be sure this area is perfectly flat and level. f. Recheck the outer 12" (30 cm) of the circle, where the pool wall will be. Make sure there are no high or low spots. The bottom edge of the pool wall must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it " (30 cm) 4. Patio Stones (Optional) a. Concrete patio stones may be placed at the base of each vertical column of your pool. This is optional, but makes a better foundation for the pool wall. Patio stones 12" (30 cm) or larger will do. Round patio stones will also work. Choose the number of patio stones you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. 1-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

61 Pool Size Number of Patio Stones (Optional) 12' 10 15' 10 18' 12 21' 14 24' 16 27' 18 b. Temporarily lay out the base rails and base plates around the circle. Each base plate will show the location for a patio stone. Make a mark in the ground at each base plate. c. Remove the base rails and base plates and lay out the patio stones around the circle where the base plates were. 17 d. The patio stones must be sunk into the ground so the tops are flush with the soil around them. Use the carpenter s level to make sure the patio stones are perfectly level and flush with the ground. Use the carpenter s 19 level and a 2-by-4 between patio stones to make sure the stones are level with each other. e. Remove the centre stake and 2-by Proceed to Section 2 a. Continue with Section 2 to assemble your pool. b. The rest of Section 1 contains information you can use after you finish assembling your pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

62 Caution: Chlorine can damage your pool liner and metal parts. Wash any spills right away. Remember: Any rusty areas on the pool wall must be repainted quickly with antirust paint. A badly rusted pool wall can collapse. D. Maintaining your Pool After you have finished installing your pool, follow these instructions to keep it clean and in good shape. 1. The Liner a. Check the liner regularly for leaks. b. Minor repairs can be made to the liner with a repair kit. 2. Pool Wall and Vertical Columns a. Keep the pool wall and vertical columns clean. Wash down every so often with mild soap. Do not use abrasives, chemicals or cleansers. b. Wash off any spilled pool chemicals right away. c. Recoat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. d. Check all metal parts for rust regularly, at least once per season. e. Touch up scratches and rusty area on metal parts with matching anti-rust paint. ollow the directions on the paint can. f. Every two years, lower the water level in your pool to 12" (30 cm) deep. Remove the top edge of the liner from the pool wall and look for hidden rust on the inside of the pool wall. g. Pay special attention to any leaks at the skimmer and return openings. Leaks must be fixed immediately. E. Winterizing your Pool At the end of the swimming season, you must follow these directions to make your pool ready for the winter. Caution: Do not drain all the water from your pool for the winter, and do not remove the liner. An empty pool may collapse in the winter. 1. Lower the Water Level a. Lower the water level in your pool until it is about 6" (15 cm) below the water return fitting. b. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. Make sure all water is drained from the skimmer housing, and make sure the hole at the bottom of the skimmer is left UNPLUGGED. 2. Check all Joints and Screws a. Make sure all the frame joints are fitting together well. Make sure the pool wall has not shifted from the bottom rail. b. Make sure all screws and bolts are tight. 3. Check for Rust Paint any scratches or rusty areas with anti-rust paint. 4. Check the Liner Make sure the top of the liner is still attached to the pool wall with plastic coping. Do not remove the liner from the pool. Removal of the liner will void the existing warranty. Do not drain all the water from the pool for the winter. 5. inding Leaks Make sure the liner has no leaks. Check the liner for leaks and repair any holes with a vinyl patch. Leaks in the winter can cause severe damage to your pool. Continued next page 1-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

63 Remember: ailure to install the pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with theses instructions, may void the pool warranty. 6. Pool Accessories Remove all pool accessories from the pool, including the ladder. Leave the skimmer and filter parts attached to the pool wall. Ensure that the skimmer lid is installed and the opening at the bottom of the skimmer is open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. 7. The ilter Disconnect the filter from the pool. ollow the filter directions for winterizing your filter. Important Winterizing Notice All Pools: The water level must be maintained at least 3 below the skimmer opening throughout the winter. Surplus water must be removed by pumping, draining or siphoning so that it doesn t enter the skimmer during the winter. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. The opening at the bottom of the skimmer MUST be kept open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. Pools with 12 skimmers: In addition to the above, the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) must be inserted into the 12 skimmer (see illustration below) ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedure, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. The Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) is also available from your pool dealer. All Pools: Do not attach the pool cover to the top rails, connectors or any part of the skimmer. 12 Wide Mouth Skimmer Maintain water level at least 3 below skimmer opening throughout the winter 3 Pool Wintering Kit Insert the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) into the skimmer until it fits flush with the skimmer flange. On some skimmers, it may be necessary to trim the foam to make a friction fit and/or use a wooden wedge to keep it in place during the winter. 1-8 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

64 SECTION 2 Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base B Part No rev. 2 A. Assemble your Pool Base Note: If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down. 1. Lay out the Base Plates and Bottom Rails a. Place the base plates equally spaced around the perimeter of your foundation. If you are using the optional patio stones, place one base plate on each stone. 1 2 b. Slide the curved bottom rails together with the base plates. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the bottom rails. Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. Pools with a styrofoam layer must still have a cove Spread out Brick Sand a. Spread a layer of fine brick sand over the foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick sheets of styrofoam. Cut the sheets to fit and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. 3 5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules. 4

65 SECTION 3 Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner Hint: Bring the following items onto the pool foundation before you start uncoiling the pool wall: the pool liner, some extra brick sand to make the cove in Step 5, and a ladder to climb out after the wall is assembled. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for A. Assemble your Pool Wall This section is for Round and Oval pools (Round pools are shown). 1. Set the Pool Wall in place a. Wait for a calm day. Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. b. Unpackage the coiled pool wall and stand it on a piece of cardboard or plywood at the centre of the pool. The cut-outs for the through-the-wall skimmer should be towards the top of the wall. Look for a THIS WAY UP label and arrow. a calm day. Remember: For best results, c. Start uncoiling the wall, guiding the bottom edge into the curved bottom rail. The starting end of the wall 1 mount the skimmer must be positioned over a on the downwind side of the pool base plate, and the skimmer and return holes should (that is, directly across from the be positioned where the most common wind pump and filter will be. direction). Wind Locate the skimmer on this side Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. 3-1 d. Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. Make sure the gap is directly above the base plate (this applies to round pools, oval pools and Gibraltar Style pools). (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

66 e. Work around the foundation until the entire pool wall is uncoiled into the bottom rails and the top edge is covered with slotted tubes and connectors (and beaded liner retainers if you have a beaded pool liner). Hint: Stick a screwdriver through two of the holes to help line up the ends of the wall. 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall a. Line up the holes in the two ends of the pool wall. b. To line up the holes, make the circle bigger or smaller by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 5 6 Remember: The bolt heads must be toward the inside of the pool. Cover the bolt heads with duct tape. c. Join the ends of the pool wall with a bolt and nut through each hole. Place each bolt head towards the inside of the pool and each nut towards the outside. d. Tighten each bolt and nut securely. 7 e. Cover the seam and bolt heads on the inside of the pool wall completely with 2" (50 mm) duct tape No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

67 Caution: The pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter. A pool that is not level is dangerous and may collapse. 3. Make sure the Pool Wall is Level a. Use a length of string and a line-level to check across the top edge of the pool wall to see if it is level. Check the wall in several different directions. The wall must be level. If the level is off by more than 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool, take the wall apart and level the foundation again Make sure the Pool Wall is Round a. Using a tape measure, measure across the circle at each base plate. The pool wall must be round within 1" (25 mm) (all of the measurements must be within 1" (25 mm) of each other). Adjust the circle by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 11 b. Adjusting the pool to the proper shape may cause the base rails and base plates to slip out of alignment a little. Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred where the base rails meet. 5. Install the Styrofoam Sheets (optional) a. If you chose the option of using Styrofoam instead of brick sand, you can now install the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a. Reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed in Section 3 before installing the Styrofoam No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

68 Remember: The cove is an important part of the pool structure. Take your time to make a complete, full-size cove. Caution: The Wall-Saver gasket is important for protection against corrosion. Failure to install this gasket properly on the cutout for 6" or 12" skimmers may void the warranty of your pool wall. If the gasket is damaged, get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall- Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. Hint: If possible, unfold the liner on the grass one to two hours before installation. Be careful not to leave the liner too long or you may damage the grass. 6. Make a Cove a. Make a curved cove about 6" (15 cm) high and 8" (20 cm) wide all around the bottom of the pool wall on the inside. b. Use fine earth or brick sand to make the cove, and pack it firmly into shape. 7. Install the Wall-Saver Gasket a. The Wall-Saver gasket provides a water-tight seal around the skimmer cut-out for the through-the-wall skimmer. Gently spread apart the two layers of the gasket and insert it into the skimmer cut-out so that it sandwiches the wall. Be very careful not to tear or damage the seam in the gasket or the gasket may leak. Take extra care not to cut or damage the gasket when you are installing the skimmer later. If the gasket is damaged, you must get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall-Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. B. Install your Pool Liner 1. Set the liner in place a. Open the carton. Do not use anything sharp to open the carton. b. Unpack and unfold the liner and spread it out in the sun to warm it up. Inspect all the seams and surfaces for holes No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

69 Hint: To smooth out the wrinkles in step 2(c), use a vacuum cleaner: block the skimmer outlet with cardboard and tape and put the vacuum hose through the skimmer return hole, between the liner and pool wall. Seal the hole with tape and keep the hose 4" to 6" (10 to 15 cm) above the sand cove so you don t suck up any sand. Start the vacuum and run it until most of the wrinkles are gone. Then, stop the vacuum and add 1" (2.5 cm) of water to the pool. Finally, remove the vacuum hose and unplug the skimmer hole. Remember: Do not trim off the excess liner. (If the liner ever needs to be removed, trimming the liner will make re-installation very difficult.) Instead, roll up any excess liner and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. c. Spread out the liner, smooth side down. The curved seam should be centred on the cove at the base of the wall. The other seams will form straight lines across the bottom of the pool. d. Smooth out all the wrinkles in the bottom. 2. Fasten the Liner in place (Overlap Liner only) This step applies only if you have an Overlap Liner. See the next page if you have a Beaded Liner or V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and drape them over the top of the pool wall. If you have a 52" (132 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 2" (5 cm) overhang; if you have a 48" (122 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 6" (15 cm) overhang. b. Fasten the liner to the top of the wall with plastic coping. Let the liner hang slack for now. Do not pull the liner tight. c. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Remove the plastic coping around the top edge of the wall one piece at a time and adjust the liner. Keep smoothing out the wrinkles. 3. Trim the Plastic Coping and Roll Up the Excess Liner a. After all the wrinkles in the liner are removed, trim any extra length of plastic coping so there is no overlap b. Roll up any excess liner hanging below the plastic coping and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. Important: Do not trim off the excess liner No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

70 4. Fasten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) This step applies only if you have a Beaded Liner. See the previous page if you have an Overlap Liner or below if you have a V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. b. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Gibraltar Oval System, refer to page 2-6, step 2 in the Gibraltar manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. 25 e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. 24 f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. 6. Proceed to Section 4 a. Continue with Section 4 to finish assembling your pool. No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules. 23

71 SECTION 4 Pool Component Installation Manual Installing the Top Rails & Verticals A. Attach your Verticals and Top Rails 1. Continue filling your Pool a. Continue filling your pool with water. Do not put in more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the top rails and vertical columns are all attached. b. Keep working on the top rails and vertical columns while the pool fills. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the verticals, top rails and top connectors. 2. Install the Vertical Columns a. Line up the bottom of one vertical column (key 1) with the two small tabs on one base plate (key 2). The tabs must be on the inside of the vertical column. b. Line up the screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw on each side (key 3) ! Hint: Use the ridges in the pool wall to make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. c. Hook a top plate (key 4) over the top edge of the pool wall (key 5). Place the top plate down over the top of the vertical column with the tabs on the inside of the column. Make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. d. Line up the screw holes and fasten with one selftapping screw on each side and one on the front (key 6). e. Repeat the last four steps for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

72 Overview of Vertical, Top Rail and Top Connector Assembly No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

73 ! Caution: Before anyone uses your pool, read and follow all the Safety Rules in Section 1. This pool is not for diving or jumping.! Important: The pool wall may bulge and shift a little while filling with water. This is normal. 3. Install the Top Rails a. Place a top rail (key 7) with one end on top of the top plate. The side of the top rail facing the centre of the pool should be close to the pool liner and pool wall. The side of the top rail facing the outside of the pool will form a large overhang. b. Line up the holes as shown. Fasten through the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 8). Do not tighten the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place. c. Repeat the last two steps for the other end of the top rail. d. Repeat steps (a) to (c) to install the rest of the top rails around the top of the pool wall. e. Make the pool settle into a perfect circle by pushing the top of the pool wall vigorously inward at each vertical (this will help make the bottom of the pool wall shift into a perfect circle). f. Adjust all the top rails to line up evenly with each other and tighten all the screws. 4. Install the Top Connectors a. Line up a one-piece top connector (key 9) above the ends of two top rails. b. Hook the top connector under the inside edges of the top rails. c. Bring the top connector down into place and pull out the front tabs to hook it under the outside edges of the top rails. d. Repeat the last three steps for the rest of the top connectors. e. Coat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. B. Fill your Pool with Water 1. Finish filling the pool a. Fill the pool with water to 2" (5 cm) below the lowest opening. Next, follow the installation instructions for your skimmer Push vigorously 4-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

74 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION (Channel-Lok II Oval pools) Part No Rev. 0 IMPORTANT READ ME FIRST FOR CHANNEL-LOK II OVAL POOLS The Channel-Lok II oval system has been specially engineered to allow for installation on a flat concrete pad. The pad must be a minimum of 3" thick poured onto solid undisturbed ground. INFORMATION D INSTALLATION ADDITIONNELLE IMPORTANT LIRE EN PREMIER POUR PISCINES OVALES CHANNEL-LOK II Le système ovale Channel-Lok II a été conçu spécialement pour installation sur une surface plate de béton. La surface doit être d une épaisseur d au moins 3" et versée sur un sol solide où aucun remplissage n a été fait.

75 This manual must be left with the pool owner Pool Component Installation SECTION 1 Manual General Instructions Safety Rules or Pool Owners Channel Lok-II Oval Pools Part No rev. 1 Your pool contains a large quantity of water, and is deep enough to present inherent dangers to life and health unless the following safety rules are strictly observed. irsttime users run the highest risk of injury. Make sure everyone understands all safety rules before entering the pool. Post NO DIVING and NO JUMPING signs beside the pool. or additional safety information please read the enclosed booklet The Sensible Way To Enjoy Your Aboveground/Onground Swimming Pool. 1. No Jumping or Diving The top rail of your pool is not a walkway and must not be used for jumping or diving. Do not permit jumping or diving into the pool from a deck or the top rail of the pool. Diving or jumping into the pool can result in serious injury. 2. Never use the Pool Alone Never permit the pool to be used unless it is attended by at least one person other than the bather. Someone should always be available to lend assistance in an emergency. 3. Never Leave Children Unattended Never leave a child alone and unsupervised in or near the pool not even for a second. There is no substitute for constant adult supervision. 4. No Rough-housing Do not permit rough-housing in and around your pool. Surfaces can become slippery and hazardous when wet. 5. Light the Pool at Night If the pool is used after dusk, adequate lighting must be provided. Illumination in the pool area must be sufficient to clearly judge pool depth and all features in and around the pool. or lighting recommendations, consult your local licensed electrical contractor. 6. Restrict Access to the Pool Do not leave chairs or other furniture beside the pool that could be used by a child to climb up into the pool. Ladders must be removed whenever the pool is unattended. A fence with a lockable gate around the pool or yard is strongly recommended and may be required by law in some jurisdictions. 7. No Alcohol or Drugs The use of alcohol or drugs does not mix with pool activities. Persons who have been drinking alcohol or using any drugs should not be allowed in the pool, and should be carefully supervised in the surrounding area. 8. Keep Your Pool Clean and Sanitary Your filter system will remove suspended particles from the water and the surface skimmer will remove insects, leaves and other debris from the water surface. Use the correct pool chemicals as directed to destroy harmful bacteria and prevent formation of algae. Remember, unsanitary water is a serious health hazard. 1-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

76 A. Introduction to Installing your Pool Read all instructions completely before you begin. These instructions explain how to install your pool. Simply follow the stepby-step directions. Start with this part, SECTION 1 and use the other instructions, SECTION 2 to 4 to put together your entire pool. SECTIONS 1, 2 and 3 have information for several different pool sizes and styles; follow the instructions carefully to make sure you use the information that apply to your specific pool. SECTION 1 also has Safety Rules and instructions to help you keep your pool clean and in good shape, year after year. Be sure to read the Safety Rules, and make sure everyone who uses your pool reads and understands them. B. Determine a Location for your Pool! Important Note: Ground preparation is one of the most important steps in the installation process. A proper foundation will ensure the rest of the pool assembly goes smoothly and that no problems will occur when the pool is filled with water. Open all of the frame cartons and read all of the instructions before you begin. Be sure to read Section 2 and get a complete overview of the pool base and buttress assembly before starting the ground preparation. 1. The Terrain Pay special attention to choosing the right location for your pool: Choose a large area, as flat and level as possible. Choose a spot on dry, firm earth do not install the pool on concrete, asphalt, tar paper, sand, gravel, peat moss, wood or chemically treated soil. Check with your pool dealer to see if Nut Grass grows in your area. This type of grass may grow up through your pool liner. Your dealer will be able to advise how best to treat the site. Sloped areas will need to be made level by digging away high spots, not by filling low spots be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if necessary No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

77 ! Important: When locating the centreline of the pool, be sure to take into consideration any structures (deck, patio, house) or relevant items (change rooms, gazebo, etc.) that the pool may need to line up with and ensure that the pool is in the most visual pleasing location for your property. 2. Things to Avoid Do not locate your pool near or on any of the following: Overhanging tree branches. Overhead wires, clotheslines. Buried pipes and wires contact your gas, electric and telephone utilities to find buried pipes and wires before you dig. Hilly and uneven terrain. Areas with poor drainage. Grass, stones and roots. Grass will rot underneath the pool liner, and stones and roots will damage the pool liner Areas recently treated with oil-based weed killers, chemicals or fertilizers. 3. Plan Ahead Will you be adding an adjacent deck later? Be sure to leave room. Will you be using pool accessories or other appliances that need electricity or gas? Locate your pool near these services or plan to have them installed later by a licensed contractor. C. Prepare the oundation of your Pool 1. Choose the Correct Ground Preparation Drawing a. Choose the drawing that matches your pool size from the five plan drawings below. This drawing will have all of the necessary dimensions for the ground preparation instructions that follow. K M N P J 15 x 30 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 90" (229 cm) 102" (259 cm) 90" (229 cm) 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 180" (457 cm) 134" (340 cm) 90" (229 cm) 127-1/4" (323 cm) 161-1/2" (410 cm) S R G X D B Y L C Z F A E W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Measuring Stakes Pool Wall Clearance Area H I 1-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

78 12 x 18 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M P W X Y Z 72" (183 cm) 84" (213 cm) 36" (91 cm) 36" (91 cm) 72" (183 cm) 116" (295 cm) 72" (183 cm) 80-1/2" (204 cm) 121-1/2" (309 cm) S R K G X M Y B L P C Z J F A W Centreline Centre Point Pool Wall D E Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes 12 x 24 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 72" (183 cm) 84" (213 cm) 72" (183 cm) 24" (61 cm) 48" (122 cm) 144" (366 cm) 116" (295 cm) 72" (183 cm) 101-3/4" (258 cm) 136-1/2" (347 cm) S R K G X D B M H Y L N P C Z I J F A E W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Measuring Stakes Pool Wall Clearance Area 15 x 24 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 90" (229 cm) 102" (259 cm) 54" (137 cm) 30" (76 cm) 48" (122 cm) 108" (274 cm) 134" (340 cm) 90" (229 cm) 105" (267 cm) 144-1/2" (367 cm) S R H K G X M Y B L P N C Z J F A I W Centreline Centre Point D H E I Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Pool Wall 1-4 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

79 18 x 33 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 108" (274 cm) 120" (305 cm) 90" (229 cm) 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 180" (457 cm) 152" (386 cm) 108" (274 cm) 140-5/8" (357 cm) 176-5/8" (449 cm) S R K G X B M Y L N P C Z J F A W Centreline Centre Point! Important: Determine the location of your pool. Make sure you have the proper distances away from any adjacent structures (i.e. fences, house etc.). Contact local authorities for this information and any additional requirements governing the installation of a pool in your area. By using the distances provided by local authorities and adding them to dimension S from the drawings above, you can calculate the location of the centreline of the pool. 2. Mark out the Area a. Drive two pegs (A) and (B) into the ground. These pegs will both be on the centreline of your pool. Choose the right distance between them from the chart below. Note: Distance A to B is equal to dimension P on the pool drawings above. Pool Size 12' x 18' 72" (183 cm) 12' x 24' 144" (366 cm) 15' x 24' 108" (274 cm) 15' x 30' 180" (457 cm) 18' x 33' 180" (457 cm) b. Use a length of string tied between peg (A) and a can of spray paint, and mark a circle on the ground. Next, do the same for peg (B). Choose the length of string you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. The circles will be 12" (30 cm) bigger all round than the pool. D H 8 9 E I Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Pool Wall Distance between two pegs (A) and (B) Size of foundation area Size of pool B A 12" (30 cm) 1-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

80 Pool Size Length of String 12' x 18' 84" (213 cm) 12' x 24' 84" (213 cm) 15' x 24' 102" (259 cm) 15' x 30' 102" (259 cm) 18' x 33' 120" (305 cm) c. Join the two pegs (A) and (B) with a piece of string. Use this string as a guide to paint your centreline on the ground with the can of spray paint.! 10 Important: Measure carefully to make sure the centre stake (C) is in the correct location, exactly halfway between pegs (A) and (B). You will use stake (C) later as a reference point for other measurements. d. Drive a flat-topped stake (C) exactly halfway between the two pegs (A) and (B) on the centreline. Stake (C) will mark the exact centre point of your pool. The stake must be at least 1" (25 mm) square and 6" (15 cm) long. Drive it down flush with the ground surface. e. Replace the two pegs (A) and (B) with two more flat-topped stakes. Drive them down flush with the ground surface. 11 B C A f. Join the two circles with straight lines to make an oval. Use pegs and a piece of string as a guide for the can of spray paint. C A B No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

81 g. Mark areas along both straight sides of your oval. Use pegs and string as a guide for the can of spray paint to mark straight lines. Use the chart below to find the correct width W from the centreline of the pool. The ends of the side areas should line up squarely with stakes (A) and (B). 13 W B C W A Pool Size 12' x 18' 116" (295 cm) 12' x 24' 116" (295 cm) 15' x 24' 134" (340 cm) 15' x 30' 134" (340 cm) 18' x 33' 152" (386 cm) Distance from Centreline for Side Area W 3. Remove the Sod a. Remove all sod and plants from the area. b. Remove any sticks, stones and roots from the area. C A B 14 Remember: Your pool must be perfectly level. Take the time you need to be sure your foundation is perfectly level. 4. Make the Area lat and Level a. You will use a 2-by-4 to help level the pool foundation area. Choose the length of straight 2-by-4 you need for your pool from the chart below. Pool Size Length of 2-by-4 12' x 18' 84" (213 cm) 12' x 24' 84" (213 cm) 15' x 24' 102" (259 cm) 15' x 30' 102" (259 cm) 18' x 33' 120" (305 cm) b. Adjust the height of the stake (A, B or C) that is located at the lowest end of the pool area by hammering it down until it is exactly level with the ground. Place a carpenter s level on a 2-by-4 and place the board across the three stakes to make sure the tops are exactly level with each other. Adjust the other two stakes down as needed. 1-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

82 c. Nail one end of the 2-by-4 to the top of the stake where the level of the pool foundation is lowest. Drill a hole for the nail in the centre of the top of the stake first and make the hole big enough so the nail is a little loose and can be removed without moving the stake. Mark the centre of the stake before you drill the hole by marking lines diagonally from opposite corners (see diagram 16). Use a nail long enough to hold the end of the 2-by-4 to the stake while you rotate it in a circle. 15 B Centre of Stake C A Hole 16 17! Hint: Use a surveyor s transit instead of a carpenter s level, if one is available. d. Put a carpenter s level on the 2-by-4 and swing the board in a circle to find the high and low spots. C A B 18 e. Remove all the high spots with a shovel, hoe or rake. Be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if you need to level a large area. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the pool. If necessary, adjust the height of the stake and keep scraping away soil until the area is level. 19 B C A No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

83 Remember: The outer 12" (30 cm) of the cleared oval area must be perfectly flat. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it. Take the time you need to be sure this area is perfectly flat and level.! Hint: Instead of wooden corner stakes, you can use 12" (30 cm) spikes. f. Do not fill in low areas. illing will create an unsafe foundation for your pool. Holes from small stones and small dips and hollows may be filled in, but the soil must be hardpacked with a tamping tool. 21 g. Remove the 2-by-4 from the stake and nail it to the next stake on the centreline. h. Repeat the last five steps until the whole oval area is level. Take your time and make sure the area is perfectly level. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the pool. If necessary, adjust the height of each stake and keep scraping away soil until the entire area is level. i. Make the wide areas along the sides of the oval level with the rest of the area. j. Recheck the outer 12" (30 cm) of the round ends, where the pool wall will be, and the areas along the straight sides of the oval. Make sure there are no high or low spots. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it Add Corner Stakes a. Prepare eight corner stakes (D), (E), ( ) & (G), and (H), (I), (J) & (K) by marking the centre point of each stake the same way as in step 4(c). b. Drive the eight corner stakes into the ground. Drive them down flush with the ground surface. Locate each stake exactly by using the measurements for your pool in the chart below. Be sure to measure using the centre point of each stake. c. Tie strings between stakes (H) 23 and (I) and between (J) and (K). Pool Size Distance X Distance Y Distance W Distance Z K 12" (30 cm) 12' x 18' 72" (183 cm) 80-1/2" (204 cm) 116" (295 cm) 121-1/2" (309 cm) 12' x 24' 72" (183 cm) 101-3/4" (258 cm) 116" (295 cm) 136-1/2" (347 cm) 15' x 24' 90" (229 cm) 105" (267 cm) 134" (340 cm) 144-1/2" (367 cm) 15' x 30' 90" (229 cm) 127-1/4" (323 cm) 134" (340 cm) 161-1/2" (410 cm) 18' x 33' 108" (274 cm) 140-5/8" (357 cm) 152" (386 cm) 176-5/8" (449 cm) G X J Y B Z B F C D W C A A H E I 1-9 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

84 6. Prepare Patio Stones a. Locate the first patio stone by measuring the distance M from the centre of stake (H) to the centreline of the stone. Use the chart below to find the right distance M for your pool. b. Place a stake in the ground on the edge of the cleared area at distance M, underneath the string added in step 5(c). Pool Size Distance from Stake Distance to Patio Stone Centreline between Patio Stones M N 12' x 18' 36" (91 cm) n/a 12' x 24' 24" (61 cm) 48" (122 cm) 15' x 24' 30" (76 cm) 48" (122 cm) 15' x 30' 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 18' x 33' 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) (n/a = not applicable) K G Painted centreline of patio stone 24 J B F C D A H M E I 1-10 c. Repeat steps (a) and (b) to J locate the next patio stone F along the side of the pool. K Measure the distance N from A the centreline of the first patio stone to the centreline of the G C E next patio stone. Use the chart B I above to find the right distance D M N for your pool. (Impor- N H M tant Note: The 12 x 18 pool has only one patio stone per 25 side; the 15 x 24 pool has two patio stones per side; the 12 x 24, 15 x 30 and 18 x 33 pools all have three patio stones per side.) d. Place another stake in the ground on the edge of the cleared area at distance N, underneath the string added in step 5(c). e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the other side of your pool. f. Tie a string between each pair of stakes on opposite sides of the cleared area (the stakes added in steps (b) and (d), above) to mark the centreline of the patio stones. g. Mark the centrelines along each string with the can of spray paint. h. Recheck your measurements. Make sure the distances M and N exactly match the distances given in the chart above (see also diagram 26) and that the centrelines for the patio stones are exactly parallel. i. Remove the strings. (Note: Keep the strings. They will be temporarily replaced later, after the patio stones are dug out, to help you doublecheck that the trenches are parallel.) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

85 ! Hint: Crushed limestone or equivalent must be used instead of brick sand or vermiculite to backfill the patio stone trenches. The level of compaction achieved by using crushed limestone or equivalent is superior to that of brick sand or vermiculite. Caution: Brick sand or vermiculite cannot be used on any part of the buttress installation process. These materials have poor compaction properties that can cause problems with the buttresses after the pool has been filled with water. Caution: Make sure there is adequate drainage in the bottom of each trench and along the sides of the pool area. There must be adequate drainage for a safe and secure pool foundation. j. Carefully dig out each patio stone trench. Measure from the centreline painted on the ground and the line between the stakes. Do 26 Painted centreline of trench Pool Wall Line String line between stakes D and E or F and G (N.B. the pool wall will lie on this line) not dig the trenches too large or too deep; the ground around the edges of each trench must remain firm and undisturbed. k. Temporarily replace the strings removed in step (i) to check that the trenches are exactly parallel. Remove the strings again when you are finished. l. Spread a layer of crushed limestone (or equivalent) 1" (25 mm) thick into the bottom of the of each trench. Pack firmly. m.place a concrete patio stone 12" x 12" square x 2" thick (30 x 30 x 5 cm) into each trench, 22" (56 cm) 3" (8 cm) 20" (51 cm) Concrete patio stone Trench on top of the limestone layer. Make sure it is level and positioned correctly. n. ill the trenches in with crushed limestone (or equivalent). ill them up to the top edges of the patio stones. If the limestone is dry spray it with 26 (66 cm) to face of patio stone Crushed limestone (or equivalent) base 1 (25 mm) in bottom of trench Concrete patio stone 12" (30 cm) square 20" (51 cm) Concrete patio stone Additional crushed limestone (or equivalent) some water to help with the compaction. Stand on the patio stone and tamp down the limestone until a solid base is achieved (standing on the patio stone helps prevent the stone from moving). Add additional limestone as required. Do not tamp too hard or the patio stone will move. o. Recheck the distances between the patio stone and make any adjustments you need to make sure the spacing is exactly right. Refer to page 1-10, Step 6 for measurements. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the buttresses, verticals and base rails No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

86 Parts List and Overview of Buttress Assembly Inside of Pool Key Part Name Part No. Qty. 1 Upright (pool specific) 2 Diagonal (pool specific) 4 Diagonal Bracket Strap (pool specific) 11 Hold Down Plate Curved Bottom Rail (pool specific) 14 Base Plate (pool specific) 18 Top Plate (pool specific) 20 Rail Support (pool specific) 23 Base Plate Key Part Name Part No. Qty. - Hardware Bag (Yellow) per set of buttresses; each bag contains: 10 1/4"-20NC serrated flange hex nut No. 12 x 1/2" self-tapping screw, pan head Phillips 21 1/4"-20NC x 3/4" hex bolt /4"-20NC x 2-1/4" hex head bolt No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

87 HARDWARE FOR CHANNEL LOK-II POOLS DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER ACTUAL SIZE TOOL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION SELF TAPPING SCREW #12 x 1/2 INCH LONG PHILLIPS NUMBER 3 SCREWDRIVER OR RED HANDLE #2 ROBERTSON SCREWDRIVER SERRATED FLANGE HEXAGON NUT 1/ /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20 x 3/4 INCH LONG /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20x2-1/4 INCH LONG /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET 1-13 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

88 ! Hint: Crushed limestone or equivalent must be used instead on brick sand or vermiculite to backfill the base channels. The level of compaction achieved by using crushed limestone or equivalent is superior to that of brick sand or vermiculite. 7. Strap Preparation for the Buttresses a. Gently flatten any kinks or bends out of the straps (key 8). b. Lay the strap across the levelled area for the pool as shown in diagram 30. Centre the strap over the patio stone as shown in diagram 30. Space the end of the strap 2-1/4" (6 cm) from the outside edge of the patio stone Strap Patio Stone 2-1/4 (6 cm) Caution: Brick sand or vermiculite cannot be used on any part of the buttress installation process. These materials have poor compaction properties that can cause problems with the buttresses after the pool has been filled with water. c. asten one diagonal bracket (key 4) to the strap (key 8) using four 3/4" long bolts (key 21) and nuts (key 10). Make sure the angled part of the bracket is facing the correct direction as shown in diagram 32. The surface that the diagonal bracket is fastened to will be the top of the strap. d. Repeat steps (a) to (c) for the other end of the strap. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the other straps No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

89 ! Hint: Use one end of a 2- by-4 as a tamping tool. Spray the crushed limestone with water before packing it down hard. 8. Installing the Upright a. Using a straight edge (you can use one of the hold down plates), drag along the top edge of the strap to ensure the ground is exactly even and level with the strap (the area 24" (61 cm) beyond each side of the strap must be level too). If it is not level, spread some crushed limestone (or equivalent) on the ground. Stand on the strap and tamp it down hard with a tamping tool. Verify the ground is level to the strap by running the straight edge along the top edge of the strap. Repeat this step until the ground is level Use a hold down plate to drag the area to either side of the strap smooth and level Stand on the strap b. Gently lift the strap and insert four 3/4" long bolts (key 21) into the holes closest to the centre of the pool. Ensure the bolt heads are facing the ground. Lay the strap back down on the ground and place the hold down plate and base plate (as shown in diagram 36) over the bolts protruding from the strap and fasten the nuts to the bolts and tighten No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

90 Caution: ailure to properly install and tighten all of the bolts and nuts may void the warranty on your pool. c. asten one upright (key 1) to the base plate using three 3/4" long bolts (key 21) and nuts (key 10). Make sure the bottom end of the upright is fastened to the base plate. The bottom end of the upright has three large holes which are used to fasten to the base plate ! Important: Ensure all four tabs at the end of the diagonal are inserted into the slots in the upright. d. When you come to section 2, you will install the base rails, linking them to the buttresses. Make sure now that there is approximately a 1/16" (2 mm) gap under the tab at the bottom of each upright so the bottom rails slide on easily. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the other side of the pool. 9. Install the Diagonals a. Hold one diagonal brace (key 2) approximately horizontal, insert the four tabs at the end of the diagonal into the slots in the upright (key 1) (see diagram 39). b. Pull upward on the inserted end of the diagonal to make the tabs slide up and lock into position in the slots. At the same time, swing the other end of the diagonal down onto the diagonal bracket (key 4) on the base channel (see diagrams 40 and 41) /16" (2 mm) gap No Diving or Jumping Observe all Safety Rules.

91 Very important: as you swing the diagonal down, make sure you apply constant upward pressure on the end of the diagonal brace with the tabs to ensure they stay fully locked in position in the slots. c. asten the bottom end of the diagonal brace to the diagonal bracket (key 4) with two 2-1/4" (57 mm) bolts (key 26) and nuts (key 10). Do not overtighten the bolts. They only need to be snug enough to ensure a secure fit (see diagram 42). d. Repeat steps (a) to (c) for the other side of the pool. e. Repeat steps (7) to (9) for the rest of the buttresses. 10. Buttress Location Verification a. Tie strings between stakes (D) and (E) and between ( ) and (G). These will be used as a reference to make sure the buttresses are exactly lined up with each other. Stand at each corner of the pool and check the alignment of the buttresses with the strings. b. Jump to Section 2 and complete steps 1(a) and (b). This will allow you to install the bottom buttress rails, ensuring the correct distance between the buttresses. Important: complete only steps 1(a) to (c) for now, and then continue with step 11 below; you will complete the rest of Section 2 later. 43 Curved bottom buttress rail must be installed between buttresses! Important: After the ends of the hold down plate has been filled with material, place a sheet of plastic (approximately 15" x 15") at each end of the hold down plate. This will prevent any additional material from flowing into the ends of the hold down plate that may cause low spots to form around the plates. 11. ill in the Hold Down Plates a. Standing on the hold down plate, insert material into all open voids on the outside edges of the hold down plates until they are full. These voids are the open areas between the ground and the top edges of the hold down plate. This will prevent any low spots from forming around the hold down plates when the pool is filled with water. 44 Stand on the hold down plate Insert material into all open areas until full 1-17 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

92 Important: Make sure each hold down plate lies completely flat. The hold down plate must lie flat or it may lift and damage the pool liner after the pool is filled with water. Hold down plate must lie completely flat on the ground 45 Open areas that are to be filled b. Repeat step (a) for the other hold down plates. 12. Remove the strings and stakes a. Make sure all of the strings and stakes (except stakes (A) and (B)) are removed from the entire pool area and fill in any holes with crushed limestone (or equivalent). Leave stakes (A) and (B) in place for now; they will be used later to centre the pool wall No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

93 SECTION 2 Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base & Side Buttresses 1. Install the Curved Bottom Rails a. Each pool uses two, three or four different types of curved bottom rails (key 13). The rails are colour coded or stamped with a part number. Use the chart below to choose the types and quantities of bottom rails for your pool (part numbers are shown in brackets under each colour). Pool Size Quantity and Colour Code (with part numbers.) Buttress Rail Transition Rail A Transition Rail B End Rail 12' x 18' n/a 4 yellow n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) 12' x 24' 4 white 4 blue n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 24' 2 white 4 orange n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 30' 4 green 4 orange n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) 18' x 33' 4 green 4 orange 4 orange 6 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (n/a = not applicable; plain = no colour code) The 18 x 33 pool is the only size that uses all four types of rails. Diagram 1 shows the locations for each type. Buttresses Transition A rail Transition B rail End rails Buttress rails 1 Transition B rail Transition A rail 2-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

94 ! Hint: When measuring the distance to the face of each base plate, use a piece of string longer than required and place a mark on the string at the required distance. b. The pool has been supplied with resin rail supports. If you have a 12 x 18 pool proceed to step (d). or all other pools slide the resin rail support to the middle of the buttress bottom rail as shown in diagrams (2) and (3). Repeat this step for all otherbuttress bottom rails. 2 Resin rail support Buttress bottom rail Slide resin rail support to centre of buttress bottom rail! Hint: Cut several small pieces of wood approximately 3/8 x 3/8 (10 x 10 cm) square and place one between the two bottom rails located at each base plate. This will keep the bottom rails from closing while the wall is installed. Be sure to remove the blocks of wood later, before installing the verticals in Section 4. c. Insert the buttress rails between the buttresses (if you have a 12 x 18 pool, skip step (c) and go to step (d)). The bottom rails insert into the notch in the upright. Make sure the groove faces up d. Insert the transition A rails (key 13). Slide one end of each rail into the notch in the upright (see diagrams 5 and 6) and slide the other end together with a base plate (key 14) (see diagrams 9, 10 and 11) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

95 ! Note: If you want, the patio stones around the round ends of the pool may be round instead of square, or they can be left out completely. The patio stones in the trenches under the buttresses along the straight sides must be used, even if you don t have them on the round ends. If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down. Important: make sure you slide the rail into the notch so the closed, square part of the rail is in the notch, not the open groove part of the rail (see diagrams 7 and 8). e. Slide the other end of the transition A rail together with a base plate (key 14). f. If you have an 18 x 33 pool, insert the transition B rails (if you have any other size pool, skip to step (g)). Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the rails (see diagram 1 on page 2-1 for the 18 x 33 pool). g. Lay out the end rails and base plates on both rounds ends of the pool area No 8 12 Yes 1/2" (13 mm) gap Using a piece of string attached to the centre of stake (A), measure the distance to the face of each base plate and make sure it is the same as dimension R (see pages 1-3 through 1-5). (Note: this step will not work on the buttress rails or transition rails.) h. Insert the end rails. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the rails. i. Optional concrete patio stones may also be used under each base plate on the round ends of your pool. Patio stones 12" (30 cm) square or larger will do. They must be sunk into the ground so the tops are flush with the soil around them. Use the carpenter s level to make 13 sure the patio stones are perfectly level and flush with the ground. Use the carpenter s level and a 2-by-4 between patio stones to make sure the stones are level with each other. 2-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

96 j. Use a carpenter s level as you install each curved bottom rail to make sure it is level. k. Remove all the wooden stakes from the ground. Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. 2. Spread out Brick Sand a. Make sure any screw or bolt heads that are to be covered with sand or styrofoam are covered with duct tape first. b. Make sure all of the trenches are completely filled with crushed limestone (or equivalent). c. Spread a layer of fine brick sand (no pebbles) over the foundation area, 2" (5 cm) 14 deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick sheets of styrofoam. Cut the sheets to fit. Remove the Styrofoam until the wall is installed. Reinstall the styrofoam sheets and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed before installing the Styrofoam. 3. Proceed to Section 3 a. Continue with Section 3 to assemble your pool. Important: read the Additional Installation Information below before proceeding with the instructions in Sections 3 and 4. b. The remaining pages of Section 2 contain information you must use after you finish assembling your pool. Additional Installation Information for Section 3 When you come to Section 3, Part A, add the following steps: Remember: Do not fill the pool with more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the vertical columns and the top rails are all attached. a. It is important that the pool wall be evenly distributed at both ends of the pool to ensure that all the top rails fit. As the wall is uncoiled and placed into the bottom rails it is important to maintain approximately 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the bottom rails or the top rails may not fit. b. After the wall is installed, go around the entire pool and make sure all the gaps between the bottom rails are equal in size (the gaps may each finish slightly smaller or larger than 1/2" (13 mm), depending on your pool size). Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred between the base rails. 2-4 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

97 c. After the pool wall has been installed, reconfirm distances to the base plates. Make sure the round ends of the pool have been properly located or the pool wall will not be symmetrical. When you come to Section 3, Part A, replace Step 1(d) with the following:! Hint: Using a 2" (5 cm) piece of duct tape, tape the ends of the 6" (15 cm) metal slotted tube connector over the slotted tubes and onto the pool wall. This will prevent the slotted tubes from moving during liner installation.! Hint: Use duct tape at the top of each buttress to temporarily hold the pool wall from falling in before it is properly fastened in place. 1. Set the Pool Wall in place d. The slotted tubes are colour coded or stamped with a part number. Use the chart below to choose the types and quantities of slotted tubes for your pool (part nos. are shown in brackets under each colour). Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) Pool Size Quantity and Colour Code (with part nos.) Buttress Tube Transition Tube A Transition Tube B End Tube 12' x 18' n/a 4 yellow n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 12 x 24 4 white 4 blue n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15 x 24 2 white 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15 x 30 4 green 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 18 x 33 4 green 4 green 4 green 6 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (n/a = not applicable; plain = no colour code) When you come to Section 3, STEP 6, insert the following extra steps 2(f), (g) and (h) after step 2(e):! Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. The 18 x 33 pool is the only size that uses all four types of slotted tubes. Diagram 18 shows the locations for each type. 15 Transition A slotted tube Transition B slotted tube Slotted end tubes Buttresses Transition B slotted tube Transition A slotted tube Buttress slotted tubes 2-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

98 When you come to Section 3, Part A, insert the following extra Steps 2(f), (g) and (h) after Step 2(e): 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall f. Before proceeding, make sure the pool liner is completely installed and all of the slotted tubes and connectors are in place. g. At the top of each buttress, make sure the distance between the ends of the slotted tubes on the top edge of the wall is 4" (10 cm). Insert the plastic tube (key A) into the inside of the slotted tubes (key B) to fill the 4" (10 cm) space. The plastic tubes are inserted only in the spaces along the straight sides of the pool where the buttresses are located, not around the round ends of the pool. Make sure the plastic tubes are correctly installed or else when you install the top plates later they will not fit properly. h. Where there are no buttresses installed, the space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the verticals should be about 1/2" (13 mm). 16 4" (10 cm) B A buttress B When you come to Section 3, Part A, replace Step 4(a) with the following: 4. asten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) a. When installing the beaded liner retainer the ends must be at least 12" away from any buttress or it will be difficult to attach the top plates later. The beaded liner retainer may need to be cut to complete the installation. Important: make sure the segments of liner retainer are put on the top edge of the wall. b. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. When you come to Section 3, Part A, insert the following extra Step 5(c) after Step 5(b): 5. Make a Cove c. Along the sides of the pool, each of the buttresses make the wall scallop inward slightly. The cove at the bottom of the wall will be a little narrower and shorter at these points. Make sure the dimensions of the cove where it passes the buttresses match diagram 20 for a correctly shaped cove (7.5 cm) 4 (10 cm) Buttress 2-6 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

99 Additional Installation Information for Section 4 When you come to Section 4, Part A, replace Step 3 with the following:! Important: Two different top plates have been supplied with the pool. The top plate shown below must be installed over each buttress. The other top plate should be installed as described in section 4 step 2 in the pool frame manual. Buttress Top Plate Connectors 3. Install the Top Rails Note: You must use any additional components that come with your pool and are required for proper assembly as described in your manual Section 4. a. Install all the side rails between the buttresses. Use hole A and line up all of the holes as shown in diagram 18. asten through the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 9). Do not tighten any of the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place. Make sure the verticals are aligned straight up and down (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side rails). b. Install the remaining verticals as shown in Section 4, Installing the Top Rails & Verticals. Transition A End Rail Vertical c. Important: the four transition A top rails are marked with a coloured dot and the ends are mitred. If your pool has connectors that match any of the connectors shown to the 19 left, skip the rest of step (c) and proceed to step (d); if not, 9 then continue with the rest of step (c). Only the end of the transition A top rail that is 8 over a buttress will fasten into the hole marked B in the top plate, as shown in diagram 18. or the rest of the end rails, use hole A and line up all of the holes as shown in diagram 19. asten through 20 the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 9). 18 Side Rail use hole B Buttress Do not tighten any of the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place Transition A top rail buttress use hole A first vertical on round end of pool 2-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

100 d. Beginning with one of the transition A top rails, place one end of the rail (key 8) over the top plate at a buttress, and the other end over the top plate at a vertical as shown in diagram 17. (Important: refer back to step (c) to see which holes to use.) The top rail will form a large overhang on each side of the pool wall. Install the end rail as shown in diagram 20. When you install the rails, leave only 1/16" (2 mm) between the ends of the rails. Do not tighten the screws yet because you might need to adjust the rails later. Important: if any of the verticals are not straight up and down, adjust the base plate and bottom end of the vertical side to side as required by gently tapping on the base plate with a hammer and a block of wood. If you need to adjust the top of the vertical, you may need to remove the top plate first or else the wall and the liner could be damaged. e. Check the length of the second transition A top rail before you fasten it. If the end of the transition rail overlaps the side rail, it needs to be cut; if the oval holes of the transition rail do not match the holes in the top plate, you must drill new holes. (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side rails; any overlap will be over the adjacent transition rail.) In the case that the transition rail seems to be too short, you must pull the rails you just installed so the end of the transition rail can be attached to the top plate. The oval holes provide approximately 2" (51 mm) adjustment at each end of the pool. f. Repeat steps (d) and (e) for the other side of the pool. 4. If the transition rail needs to be drilled and/or cut follow these steps: 9 a. Temporarily unscrew the end of the side rail that is next to the transition rail. (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have 8 side rails.) b. Place one end of the transition rail (key 8) underneath the side rail. (Note: for the 12' x 18' pool place one end above the other transition rail.) Place the other end over the first vertical on the round end of the pool and temporarily fasten this end midway of the adjustment provided by the oval holes. If you have a 12' x 18' pool, jump to step (k) now use hole B Transition A top rail buttress Transition A top rail 22 Buttress Side rail Overlap 2-8 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

101 c. With the end of the side rail on top of the transition rail, mark two dimensions 1/2" (13 mm) and 1-1/8" (29 mm) away from the end of the side rail. Then temporarily unscrew the other end of the side rail and move it to draw the lines X and Y. The first line X is parallel to the end of the side rail, 1/2" (13 mm) away. This will be the line you 1-1/8" (29 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) will cut along to shorten the transition rail. The second line Y is also parallel to the end of the side rail, 1-1/8" (29 mm) away. This will be the line that the new 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes lie on. d. To mark the locations of the 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes, draw two lines through the centres of each of the two oval holes, parallel to the length of the rail, to intersect the line Y. The intersection of these lines will determine the locations of the new 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes that need to be drilled. e. If your pool calls for a support plate, drill another 1/4" (6 mm) hole 1-1/2" (38 mm) or 2-1/8" (54 mm) toward the inside of the pool along the line Y. Measure that distance on your pool. f. Remove the transition rail and drill the 1/4" (6 mm) holes using the marks that lie on the line Y. g. Cut the transition rail along the 1/2" (13 mm) line X using a hacksaw (use a blade with at least 32 teeth per inch). h. asten the side rail and the transition rail in place. i. Repeat steps (a) to (h) to install the top rails at the other end of the pool. j. Continue with the remaining steps explained in your manual Section 4, Installing the Top Rails & the Verticals, Part A, under Step 3, Install the Top Rails. k. If you have a 12' x 18' pool, draw the cutting line X along the centre of the top plate where the two transition rails meet. The line Y should be drawn parallel to line X but 3/4" (19 mm) away from line X. To determine the locations of the 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes, follow the above steps (d) to (j). l. Continue with Section 4, Step 4 of your manual. 23 Y X Cut line Line for new holes Transition A top rail 24 Side rail Line Y for new holes Two lines through old oval holes, intersecting line Y Y X Transition A top rail 2-9 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

102 D. Maintaining your Pool After you have finished installing your pool, follow these instructions to keep it clean and in good shape. Caution: Chlorine can damage your pool liner and metal parts. Wash any spills right away. Remember: Any rusty areas on the pool wall must be repainted quickly with antirust paint. A badly rusted pool wall can collapse. 1. The Liner a. Check the liner regularly for leaks. b. Minor repairs can be made to the liner with a repair kit. 2. Pool Wall and Vertical Columns a. Keep the pool wall and vertical columns clean. Wash down every so often with mild soap. Do not use abrasives, chemicals or cleansers. b. Wash off any spilled pool chemicals right away. c. Recoat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. d. Check all metal parts for rust regularly, at least once per season. e. Touch up scratches and rusty area on metal parts with matching anti-rust paint. ollow the directions on the paint can. f. Every two years, lower the water level in your pool to 12" (30 cm) deep. Remove the top edge of the liner from the pool wall and look for hidden rust on the inside of the pool wall. See Section 4 for instructions on removing the liner. g. Pay special attention to any leaks at the skimmer and return openings. Leaks must be fixed immediately No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

103 E. Winterizing your Pool At the end of the swimming season, you must follow these directions to make your pool ready for the winter. Caution: Do not drain all the water from your pool for the winter, and do not remove the liner. An empty pool can collapse in the winter. 1. Lower the Water Level a. Lower the water level in your pool until it is about 6" (15 cm) below the water return fitting. b. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. Make sure all water is drained from the skimmer housing, and make sure the hole at the bottom of the skimmer is left UNPLUGGED. 2. Check all Joints and Screws a. Make sure all the frame joints are fitting together properly and make sure the pool wall has not shifted from the bottom rail. b. Make sure all screws and bolts are tight. 3. Check for Rust Paint any scratches or rusty areas with anti-rust paint. Remember: ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. 4. Check the Liner Make sure the top of the liner is still attached to the pool wall with plastic coping. Do not remove the liner from the pool. Removal of the liner will void the existing warranty. Do not drain all the water from the pool for the winter. 5. inding Leaks Make sure the liner has no leaks. Check the liner for leaks and repair any holes with a vinyl patch. Leaks in the winter can cause severe damage to your pool. 6. Pool Accessories Remove all pool accessories from the pool, including the ladder. Leave the skimmer attached to the pool wall. Ensure that the skimmer lid is installed and the opening at the bottom of the skimmer is open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. 7. The ilter Disconnect the hoses from the filter. ollow the winterizing instructions in your filter manual No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

104 Important Winterizing Notice All Pools: The water level must be maintained at least 3" (76 mm) below the skimmer opening throughout the winter. Surplus water must be removed by pumping, draining or siphoning so that it doesn t enter the skimmer during the winter. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. The opening at the bottom of the skimmer MUST be kept open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. Pools with 12" (30 cm) skimmers: In addition to the above, the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) must be inserted into the 12" (30 cm) skimmer (see illustration below). ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. The Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) is also available from your pool dealer. All Pools: Do not attach the pool cover to the top rails, verticals, connectors or any part of the skimmer. 12" (30 cm) Wide Mouth Skimmer 3" (76 mm) Use rectangular block if required. Install wedge shaped block first. Maintain water level at least 3" (76 mm) below skimmer opening throughout the winter. Installation: "PAWS" Skimmer: 1. orce the wedge shaped block into the skimmer opening until it sits flush with the face flange. Other Skimmers: 1. Place the wedge shaped block into the skimmer throat. 2. orce the rectangular shaped block into the skimmer opening until it sits flush with the face flange. Note: On some skimmers, it may be necessary to trim the foam to make a friction fit and/or use a wooden wedge to keep it in place during the winter No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

105 SECTION 2 Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base B Part No rev. 2 A. Assemble your Pool Base Note: If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down. 1. Lay out the Base Plates and Bottom Rails a. Place the base plates equally spaced around the perimeter of your foundation. If you are using the optional patio stones, place one base plate on each stone. 1 2 b. Slide the curved bottom rails together with the base plates. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the bottom rails. Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. Pools with a styrofoam layer must still have a cove Spread out Brick Sand a. Spread a layer of fine brick sand over the foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick sheets of styrofoam. Cut the sheets to fit and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. 3 5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules. 4

106 SECTION 3 Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner Hint: Bring the following items onto the pool foundation before you start uncoiling the pool wall: the pool liner, some extra brick sand to make the cove in Step 5, and a ladder to climb out after the wall is assembled. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for A. Assemble your Pool Wall This section is for Round and Oval pools (Round pools are shown). 1. Set the Pool Wall in place a. Wait for a calm day. Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. b. Unpackage the coiled pool wall and stand it on a piece of cardboard or plywood at the centre of the pool. The cut-outs for the through-the-wall skimmer should be towards the top of the wall. Look for a THIS WAY UP label and arrow. a calm day. Remember: For best results, c. Start uncoiling the wall, guiding the bottom edge into the curved bottom rail. The starting end of the wall 1 mount the skimmer must be positioned over a on the downwind side of the pool base plate, and the skimmer and return holes should (that is, directly across from the be positioned where the most common wind pump and filter will be. direction). Wind Locate the skimmer on this side Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. 3-1 d. Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. Make sure the gap is directly above the base plate (this applies to round pools, oval pools and Gibraltar Style pools). (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

107 e. Work around the foundation until the entire pool wall is uncoiled into the bottom rails and the top edge is covered with slotted tubes and connectors (and beaded liner retainers if you have a beaded pool liner). Hint: Stick a screwdriver through two of the holes to help line up the ends of the wall. 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall a. Line up the holes in the two ends of the pool wall. b. To line up the holes, make the circle bigger or smaller by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 5 6 Remember: The bolt heads must be toward the inside of the pool. Cover the bolt heads with duct tape. c. Join the ends of the pool wall with a bolt and nut through each hole. Place each bolt head towards the inside of the pool and each nut towards the outside. d. Tighten each bolt and nut securely. 7 e. Cover the seam and bolt heads on the inside of the pool wall completely with 2" (50 mm) duct tape No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

108 Caution: The pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter. A pool that is not level is dangerous and may collapse. 3. Make sure the Pool Wall is Level a. Use a length of string and a line-level to check across the top edge of the pool wall to see if it is level. Check the wall in several different directions. The wall must be level. If the level is off by more than 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool, take the wall apart and level the foundation again Make sure the Pool Wall is Round a. Using a tape measure, measure across the circle at each base plate. The pool wall must be round within 1" (25 mm) (all of the measurements must be within 1" (25 mm) of each other). Adjust the circle by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 11 b. Adjusting the pool to the proper shape may cause the base rails and base plates to slip out of alignment a little. Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred where the base rails meet. 5. Install the Styrofoam Sheets (optional) a. If you chose the option of using Styrofoam instead of brick sand, you can now install the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a. Reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed in Section 3 before installing the Styrofoam No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

109 Remember: The cove is an important part of the pool structure. Take your time to make a complete, full-size cove. Caution: The Wall-Saver gasket is important for protection against corrosion. Failure to install this gasket properly on the cutout for 6" or 12" skimmers may void the warranty of your pool wall. If the gasket is damaged, get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall- Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. Hint: If possible, unfold the liner on the grass one to two hours before installation. Be careful not to leave the liner too long or you may damage the grass. 6. Make a Cove a. Make a curved cove about 6" (15 cm) high and 8" (20 cm) wide all around the bottom of the pool wall on the inside. b. Use fine earth or brick sand to make the cove, and pack it firmly into shape. 7. Install the Wall-Saver Gasket a. The Wall-Saver gasket provides a water-tight seal around the skimmer cut-out for the through-the-wall skimmer. Gently spread apart the two layers of the gasket and insert it into the skimmer cut-out so that it sandwiches the wall. Be very careful not to tear or damage the seam in the gasket or the gasket may leak. Take extra care not to cut or damage the gasket when you are installing the skimmer later. If the gasket is damaged, you must get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall-Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. B. Install your Pool Liner 1. Set the liner in place a. Open the carton. Do not use anything sharp to open the carton. b. Unpack and unfold the liner and spread it out in the sun to warm it up. Inspect all the seams and surfaces for holes No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

110 Hint: To smooth out the wrinkles in step 2(c), use a vacuum cleaner: block the skimmer outlet with cardboard and tape and put the vacuum hose through the skimmer return hole, between the liner and pool wall. Seal the hole with tape and keep the hose 4" to 6" (10 to 15 cm) above the sand cove so you don t suck up any sand. Start the vacuum and run it until most of the wrinkles are gone. Then, stop the vacuum and add 1" (2.5 cm) of water to the pool. Finally, remove the vacuum hose and unplug the skimmer hole. Remember: Do not trim off the excess liner. (If the liner ever needs to be removed, trimming the liner will make re-installation very difficult.) Instead, roll up any excess liner and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. c. Spread out the liner, smooth side down. The curved seam should be centred on the cove at the base of the wall. The other seams will form straight lines across the bottom of the pool. d. Smooth out all the wrinkles in the bottom. 2. Fasten the Liner in place (Overlap Liner only) This step applies only if you have an Overlap Liner. See the next page if you have a Beaded Liner or V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and drape them over the top of the pool wall. If you have a 52" (132 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 2" (5 cm) overhang; if you have a 48" (122 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 6" (15 cm) overhang. b. Fasten the liner to the top of the wall with plastic coping. Let the liner hang slack for now. Do not pull the liner tight. c. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Remove the plastic coping around the top edge of the wall one piece at a time and adjust the liner. Keep smoothing out the wrinkles. 3. Trim the Plastic Coping and Roll Up the Excess Liner a. After all the wrinkles in the liner are removed, trim any extra length of plastic coping so there is no overlap b. Roll up any excess liner hanging below the plastic coping and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. Important: Do not trim off the excess liner No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

111 4. Fasten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) This step applies only if you have a Beaded Liner. See the previous page if you have an Overlap Liner or below if you have a V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. b. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Gibraltar Oval System, refer to page 2-6, step 2 in the Gibraltar manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. 25 e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. 24 f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. 6. Proceed to Section 4 a. Continue with Section 4 to finish assembling your pool. No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules. 23

112 SECTION 4 Pool Component Installation Manual Installing the Top Rails & Verticals A. Attach your Verticals and Top Rails 1. Continue filling your Pool a. Continue filling your pool with water. Do not put in more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the top rails and vertical columns are all attached. b. Keep working on the top rails and vertical columns while the pool fills. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the verticals, top rails and top connectors. 2. Install the Vertical Columns a. Line up the bottom of one vertical column (key 1) with the two small tabs on one base plate (key 2). The tabs must be on the inside of the vertical column. b. Line up the screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw on each side (key 3) ! Hint: Use the ridges in the pool wall to make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. c. Hook a top plate (key 4) over the top edge of the pool wall (key 5). Place the top plate down over the top of the vertical column with the tabs on the inside of the column. Make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. d. Line up the screw holes and fasten with one selftapping screw on each side and one on the front (key 6). e. Repeat the last four steps for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

113 Overview of Vertical, Top Rail and Top Connector Assembly No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

114 ! Caution: Before anyone uses your pool, read and follow all the Safety Rules in Section 1. This pool is not for diving or jumping.! Important: The pool wall may bulge and shift a little while filling with water. This is normal. 3. Install the Top Rails a. Place a top rail (key 7) with one end on top of the top plate. The side of the top rail facing the centre of the pool should be close to the pool liner and pool wall. The side of the top rail facing the outside of the pool will form a large overhang. b. Line up the holes as shown. Fasten through the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 8). Do not tighten the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place. c. Repeat the last two steps for the other end of the top rail. d. Repeat steps (a) to (c) to install the rest of the top rails around the top of the pool wall. e. Make the pool settle into a perfect circle by pushing the top of the pool wall vigorously inward at each vertical (this will help make the bottom of the pool wall shift into a perfect circle). f. Adjust all the top rails to line up evenly with each other and tighten all the screws. 4. Install the Top Connectors a. Line up a one-piece top connector (key 9) above the ends of two top rails. b. Hook the top connector under the inside edges of the top rails. c. Bring the top connector down into place and pull out the front tabs to hook it under the outside edges of the top rails. d. Repeat the last three steps for the rest of the top connectors. e. Coat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. B. Fill your Pool with Water 1. Finish filling the pool a. Fill the pool with water to 2" (5 cm) below the lowest opening. Next, follow the installation instructions for your skimmer Push vigorously 4-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

115 Additional Installation Information Important Read Me First Round and Oval Pools o Part No rev. 1 For Round and Oval Pools (for V-Bead and J-Bead Hung Liners) SECTION 3 Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner When you come to Part B, replace Steps 2, 3 and 4 with the following: 2. Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead or J-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead or J-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead or J-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Gibraltar Oval System, refer to page 2-6, step 2 in the Gibraltar manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Hint: Use a vacuum cleaner to help remove the wrinkles; see the hint in Section 3, Part B of the instruction manual to see how this is done. 3. Add Tube Spacer (Gibraltar Oval System only) This step applies only if your pool uses the Gibraltar Oval System. If your pool does not use this system, continue with step 5 in the main manual. a. At the top of each buttress, make sure the distance between the ends of the slotted tubes on the top edge of the wall is 4" (10 cm). Insert the plastic tube (key A) into the inside of the slotted tubes (key B) to fill the 4" (10 cm) space. The plastic tubes are inserted only in the spaces along the straight sides of the pool where the buttresses are located, not around the round ends of the pool. Make sure the plastic tubes are correctly installed or else when you install the top plates later, they will not fit properly. b. Where there are no buttresses installed, the space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached should be about 1/2" (13 mm). c. Before proceeding, make sure the pool liner is completely installed and all of the slotted tubes and connectors are back in place. 1 2 V-Bead or J-Bead Liner 3 A 4 (10 cm) B buttress B 1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

116 This manual must be left with the pool owner Pool Component Installation SECTION 1 Manual General Instructions A All Round Pools Part No rev. 4 Safety Rules or Pool Owners Your pool contains a large quantity of water, and is deep enough to present inherent dangers to life and health unless the following safety rules are strictly observed. irsttime users run the highest risk of injury. Make sure everyone understands all safety rules before entering the pool. Post NO DIVING and NO JUMPING signs beside the pool. or additional safety information please read the enclosed booklet The Sensible Way To Enjoy Your Aboveground/Onground Swimming Pool. 1. No Jumping or Diving The top rail of your pool is not a walkway and must not be used for jumping or diving. Do not permit jumping or diving into the pool from a deck or the top rail of the pool. Diving or jumping into the pool can result in serious injury. 2. Never use the Pool Alone Never permit the pool to be used unless it is attended by at least one person other than the bather. Someone should always be available to lend assistance in an emergency. 3. Never Leave Children Unattended Never leave a child alone and unsupervised in or near the pool not even for a second. There is no substitute for constant adult supervision. 4. No Rough-housing Do not permit rough-housing in and around your pool. Surfaces can become slippery and hazardous when wet. 5. Light the Pool at Night If the pool is used after dusk, adequate lighting must be provided. Illumination in the pool area must be sufficient to clearly judge pool depth and all features in and around the pool. or lighting recommendations, consult your local licensed electrical contractor. 6. Restrict Access to the Pool Do not leave chairs or other furniture beside the pool that could be used by a child to climb up into the pool. Ladders must be removed whenever the pool is unattended. A fence with a lockable gate around the pool or yard is strongly recommended and may be required by law in some jurisdictions. 7. No Alcohol or Drugs The use of alcohol or drugs does not mix with pool activities. Persons who have been drinking alcohol or using any drugs should not be allowed in the pool, and should be carefully supervised in the surrounding area. 8. Keep Your Pool Clean and Sanitary Your filter system will remove suspended particles from the water and the surface skimmer will remove insects, leaves and other debris from the water surface. Use the correct pool chemicals as directed to destroy harmful bacteria and prevent formation of algae. Remember, unsanitary water is a serious health hazard. 1-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

117 A. Introduction to Installing your Pool Read all instructions completely before you begin. These instructions explain how to install your pool. Simply follow the step-by-step directions. Start with this part, SECTION 1 and use the other instructions, SECTION 2 to 4 to put together your entire pool. SECTION 1 also has Safety Rules and instructions to help you keep your pool clean and in good shape, year after year. Be sure to read the Safety Rules, and make sure everyone who uses your pool reads and understands them. B. Determine a Location for your Pool! Important Note: Ground preparation is one of the most important steps in the installation process. A proper foundation will ensure the rest of the pool assembly goes smoothly and that no problems will occur when the pool is filled with water. 1. The Terrain Pay special attention to choosing the right location for your pool: Choose a large area, as flat and level as possible. Choose a spot on dry, firm earth do not install the pool on concrete, asphalt, tar paper, sand, gravel, peat moss, wood or chemically treated soil. Check with your pool dealer to see if Nut Grass grows in your area. This type of grass may grow up through your pool liner. Your dealer will be able to advise how best to treat the site. Sloped areas will need to be made level by digging away high spots, not by filling low spots be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if necessary No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

118 ! Important: When locating the centre of the pool, be sure to take into consideration any structures (deck, patio, house) or relevant items (change rooms, gazebo, etc.) that the pool may need to line up with and ensure that the pool is in the most visual pleasing location for your property Things to Avoid Do not locate your pool near or on any of the following: Overhanging tree branches. Overhead wires and clotheslines. Buried pipes and wires-contact your gas, electric and telephone utilities to find buried pipes and wires before you dig. Hilly and uneven terrain. 5 6 Areas with poor drainage. 7 Grass, stones and roots. Grass will rot underneath the pool liner, and stones and roots will damage the pool liner. Areas recently treated with oil-based weed killers, chemicals or fertilizers. 3. Plan Ahead Will you be adding an adjacent deck later? Be sure to leave room. Will you be using pool accessories or other appliances that need electricity or gas? Locate your pool near these services or plan to have them installed later by a licensed contractor. C. Prepare the oundation of your Pool 1. Mark out the Area a. Drive a peg into the ground at the centre of the area where you want your pool. b. Use a length of string tied between the peg and a can of spray paint, and mark a circle on the ground. Choose the length of string you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. The circle will be 6" (15 cm) bigger all round than the pool. 8 9 No Diving or Jumping. Size of foundation circle Size of pool 6" (15 cm) Observe all Safety Rules.

119 Pool Size Length of String Length of 2-by-4 12' 6'-6" (200 cm) 6'-6" (200 cm) 15' 8'-0" (244 cm) 8'-0" (244 cm) 18' 9'-6" (290 cm) 9'-6" (290 cm) 21' 11'-0" (335 cm) 11'-0" (335 cm) 24' 12'-6" (380 cm) 12'-6" (380 cm) 27' 14'-0" (426 cm) 14'-0" (426 cm) 2. Remove the Sod a. Remove all sod and plants from the circle. b. Remove any sticks, stones and roots from the circle. 10 Remember: Your pool must be perfectly level. Take the time you need to be sure your foundation is perfectly level.! Hint: Use a surveyor s transit instead of a carpenter s level, if one is available. 3. Make the Area lat and Level a. Replace the centre peg with a flat-topped stake, at least 1" (25 mm) square and 6" (15 cm) long. Drive it down flush with the ground surface. b. Nail one end of a straight 2-by-4 to the top of the stake. Choose the length of 2-by-4 you need for your pool from the chart above. Use a nail 11 long enough to hold the end of the 2-by-4 to the stake while you rotate it in a circle. c. Put a carpenter s level on the 2-by-4 and swing the board in a circle to find the high and low spots No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

120 d. Remove all the high spots with a shovel, hoe or rake. Be prepared to hire earth moving equipment if you need to level a large area. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool. 13 e. Do not fill in low areas. illing will create an unsafe foundation for your pool. Small dips and hollows may be filled in, but the soil must be hardpacked with a tamping tool Remember: The outer 12" (30 cm) of the circle must be perfectly flat. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it. Take the time you need to be sure this area is perfectly flat and level. f. Recheck the outer 12" (30 cm) of the circle, where the pool wall will be. Make sure there are no high or low spots. The bottom edge of the pool wall must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it " (30 cm) 4. Patio Stones (Optional) a. Concrete patio stones may be placed at the base of each vertical column of your pool. This is optional, but makes a better foundation for the pool wall. Patio stones 12" (30 cm) or larger will do. Round patio stones will also work. Choose the number of patio stones you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. 1-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

121 Pool Size Number of Patio Stones (Optional) 12' 10 15' 10 18' 12 21' 14 24' 16 27' 18 b. Temporarily lay out the base rails and base plates around the circle. Each base plate will show the location for a patio stone. Make a mark in the ground at each base plate. c. Remove the base rails and base plates and lay out the patio stones around the circle where the base plates were. 17 d. The patio stones must be sunk into the ground so the tops are flush with the soil around them. Use the carpenter s level to make sure the patio stones are perfectly level and flush with the ground. Use the carpenter s 19 level and a 2-by-4 between patio stones to make sure the stones are level with each other. e. Remove the centre stake and 2-by Proceed to Section 2 a. Continue with Section 2 to assemble your pool. b. The rest of Section 1 contains information you can use after you finish assembling your pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

122 Caution: Chlorine can damage your pool liner and metal parts. Wash any spills right away. Remember: Any rusty areas on the pool wall must be repainted quickly with antirust paint. A badly rusted pool wall can collapse. D. Maintaining your Pool After you have finished installing your pool, follow these instructions to keep it clean and in good shape. 1. The Liner a. Check the liner regularly for leaks. b. Minor repairs can be made to the liner with a repair kit. 2. Pool Wall and Vertical Columns a. Keep the pool wall and vertical columns clean. Wash down every so often with mild soap. Do not use abrasives, chemicals or cleansers. b. Wash off any spilled pool chemicals right away. c. Recoat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. d. Check all metal parts for rust regularly, at least once per season. e. Touch up scratches and rusty area on metal parts with matching anti-rust paint. ollow the directions on the paint can. f. Every two years, lower the water level in your pool to 12" (30 cm) deep. Remove the top edge of the liner from the pool wall and look for hidden rust on the inside of the pool wall. g. Pay special attention to any leaks at the skimmer and return openings. Leaks must be fixed immediately. E. Winterizing your Pool At the end of the swimming season, you must follow these directions to make your pool ready for the winter. Caution: Do not drain all the water from your pool for the winter, and do not remove the liner. An empty pool may collapse in the winter. 1. Lower the Water Level a. Lower the water level in your pool until it is about 6" (15 cm) below the water return fitting. b. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. Make sure all water is drained from the skimmer housing, and make sure the hole at the bottom of the skimmer is left UNPLUGGED. 2. Check all Joints and Screws a. Make sure all the frame joints are fitting together well. Make sure the pool wall has not shifted from the bottom rail. b. Make sure all screws and bolts are tight. 3. Check for Rust Paint any scratches or rusty areas with anti-rust paint. 4. Check the Liner Make sure the top of the liner is still attached to the pool wall with plastic coping. Do not remove the liner from the pool. Removal of the liner will void the existing warranty. Do not drain all the water from the pool for the winter. 5. inding Leaks Make sure the liner has no leaks. Check the liner for leaks and repair any holes with a vinyl patch. Leaks in the winter can cause severe damage to your pool. Continued next page 1-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

123 Remember: ailure to install the pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with theses instructions, may void the pool warranty. 6. Pool Accessories Remove all pool accessories from the pool, including the ladder. Leave the skimmer and filter parts attached to the pool wall. Ensure that the skimmer lid is installed and the opening at the bottom of the skimmer is open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. 7. The ilter Disconnect the filter from the pool. ollow the filter directions for winterizing your filter. Important Winterizing Notice All Pools: The water level must be maintained at least 3 below the skimmer opening throughout the winter. Surplus water must be removed by pumping, draining or siphoning so that it doesn t enter the skimmer during the winter. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. The opening at the bottom of the skimmer MUST be kept open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. Pools with 12 skimmers: In addition to the above, the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) must be inserted into the 12 skimmer (see illustration below) ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedure, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. The Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) is also available from your pool dealer. All Pools: Do not attach the pool cover to the top rails, connectors or any part of the skimmer. 12 Wide Mouth Skimmer Maintain water level at least 3 below skimmer opening throughout the winter 3 Pool Wintering Kit Insert the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) into the skimmer until it fits flush with the skimmer flange. On some skimmers, it may be necessary to trim the foam to make a friction fit and/or use a wooden wedge to keep it in place during the winter. 1-8 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

124 SECTION 2 Note: If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down. Hint: Bend the first 1/8" (3 mm) of the end of the bottom rail slightly with a pair of pliers to make sure the rail doesn t slide out of the base plate when the pool wall is installed. Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. Pools with a styrofoam layer must still have a Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base A. Assemble your Pool Base 1. Lay out the Base Plates and Bottom Rails a. This step is optional: Place sheets of 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick Styrofoam on the ground over the complete area where the pool is to be constructed. Place the bottom rails and base plates on top of the Styrofoam. Do not leave any gaps between the ends of the bottom rails. Using the inside face of the base rail as a cutting line, cut the Styrofoam with a knife. Prior to removing the Styrofoam from inside of the pool perimeter, number each piece with a marker to make reassembling them fast and easy. Remove all of the Styrofoam from under the base plates and from inside of the pool (the Styrofoam trimmed off outside the rails can be discarded). Neatly stack the Styrofoam removed from inside of the pool it will be required later after the pool wall has been installed in Section 3, not before. b. Place the base plates equally spaced around the perimeter of your foundation. If you are using the optional patio stones, place one base plate on each stone. c. Slide the curved bottom rails together with the base plates. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the bottom rails. 2. Spread out Brick Sand a. Spread a layer of fine brick sand (no pebbles) over the foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a but you must wait until the pool wall has been installed (Section 3) before using this option. When you reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool, join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. cove B Part No rev No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

125 SECTION 3 Hint: Bring the following items onto the pool foundation before you start uncoiling the pool wall: the pool liner, some extra brick sand to make the cove in Step 5, and a ladder to climb out after the wall is assembled. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for a calm day. Remember: For best results, mount the skimmer on the downwind side of the pool (that is, directly across from the most common wind direction). Wind Locate the skimmer on this side Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner A. Assemble your Pool Wall This section is for Round and Oval pools (Round pools are shown). 1. Set the Pool Wall in place a. Wait for a calm day. Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. b. Unpackage the coiled pool wall and stand it on a piece of cardboard or plywood at the centre of the pool. The cut-outs for the through-thewall skimmer should be towards the top of the wall. Look for a THIS WAY UP label and arrow. c. Start uncoiling the wall, guiding the bottom edge into the curved bottom rail. The starting end of the wall must be positioned over a base plate, and the skimmer and return holes should be positioned where the pump and filter will be. d. Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. Make sure the gap is directly above the base plate (this applies to round pools, oval pools and Gibraltar Style pools). (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) (Retainer for beaded liner only) 3-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

126 e. Work around the foundation until the entire pool wall is uncoiled into the bottom rails and the top edge is covered with slotted tubes and connectors (and beaded liner retainers if you have a beaded pool liner). Hint: Stick a screwdriver through two of the holes to help line up the ends of the wall. 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall a. Line up the holes in the two ends of the pool wall. 5 b. To line up the holes, make the circle bigger or smaller by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 6 Remember: The bolt heads must be toward the inside of the pool. Cover the bolt heads with duct tape. c. Join the ends of the pool wall with a bolt and nut through each hole. Place each bolt head towards the inside of the pool and each nut towards the outside. d. Tighten each bolt and nut securely. 7 e. Cover the seam and bolt heads on the inside of the pool wall completely with 2" (50 mm) duct tape No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

127 Caution: The pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter. A pool that is not level is dangerous and may collapse. 3. Make sure the Pool Wall is Level a. Use a length of string and a line-level to check across the top edge of the pool wall to see if it is level. Check the wall in several different directions. The wall must be level. If the level is off by more than 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool, take the wall apart and level the foundation again Make sure the Pool Wall is Round a. Using a tape measure, measure across the circle at each base plate. The pool wall must be round within 1" (25 mm) (all of the measurements must be within 1" (25 mm) of each other). Adjust the circle by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 11 b. Adjusting the pool to the proper shape may cause the base rails and base plates to slip out of alignment a little. Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred where the base rails meet Install the Styrofoam Sheets (optional) a. If you chose the option of using Styrofoam instead of brick sand, you can now install the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a. Reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed in Section 3 before installing the Styrofoam. 3-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

128 Remember: The cove is an important part of the pool structure. Take your time to make a complete, full-size cove. Caution: The Wall-Saver gasket is important for protection against corrosion. Failure to install this gasket properly on the cutout for 6" or 12" skimmers may void the warranty of your pool wall. If the gasket is damaged, get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall- Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. Hint: If possible, unfold the liner on the grass one to two hours before installation. Be careful not to leave the liner too long or you may damage the grass. 6. Make a Cove a. Make a curved cove about 6" (15 cm) high and 8" (20 cm) wide all around the bottom of the pool wall on the inside. b. Use fine earth or brick sand to make the cove, and pack it firmly into shape. 7. Install the Wall-Saver Gasket a. The Wall-Saver gasket provides a water-tight seal around the skimmer cut-out for the through-the-wall skimmer. Gently spread apart the two layers of the gasket and insert it into the skimmer cutout so that it sandwiches the wall. Be very careful not to tear or damage the seam in the gasket or the gasket may leak. Take extra care not to cut or damage the gasket when you are installing the skimmer later. If the gasket is damaged, you must get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall-Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. B. Install your Pool Liner 1. Set the liner in place a. Open the carton. Do not use anything sharp to open the carton. b. Unpack and unfold the liner and spread it out in the sun to warm it up. Inspect all the seams and surfaces for holes No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

129 Hint: To smooth out the wrinkles in step 2(c), use a vacuum cleaner: block the skimmer outlet with cardboard and tape and put the vacuum hose through the skimmer return hole, between the liner and pool wall. Seal the hole with tape and keep the hose 4" to 6" (10 to 15 cm) above the sand cove so you don t suck up any sand. Start the vacuum and run it until most of the wrinkles are gone. Then, stop the vacuum and add 1" (2.5 cm) of water to the pool. Finally, remove the vacuum hose and unplug the skimmer hole. c. Spread out the liner. Follow the instructions supplied with the liner for the correct orientation of the smooth side. The curved seam should be centred on the cove at the base of the wall. The other seams will form straight lines across the bottom of the pool. d. Smooth out all the wrinkles in the bottom. 2. Fasten the Liner in place (Overlap Liner only) This step applies only if you have an Overlap Liner. See the next page if you have a Beaded Liner or V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and drape them over the top of the pool wall. If you have a 52" (132 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 2" (5 cm) overhang; if you have a 48" (122 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 6" (15 cm) overhang. b. Fasten the liner to the top of the wall with plastic coping. Let the liner hang slack for now. Do not pull the liner tight. c. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Remove the plastic coping around the top edge of the wall one piece at a time and adjust the liner. Keep smoothing out the wrinkles Remember: Do not trim off the excess liner. (If the liner ever needs to be removed, trimming the liner will make re-installation very difficult.) Instead, roll up any excess liner and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. 3. Trim the Plastic Coping and Roll Up the Excess Liner a. After all the wrinkles in the liner are removed, trim any extra length of plastic coping so there is no overlap. b. Roll up any excess liner hanging below the plastic coping and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. Important: Do not trim off the excess liner No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

130 4. Fasten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) This step applies only if you have a Beaded Liner. See the previous page if you have an Overlap Liner or below if you have a V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. b. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Oval System, refer to page 2-5 or 2-6, step 2 in the manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. 6. Proceed to Section 4 a. Continue with Section 4 to finish assembling your pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

131 SECTION 4 Pool Component Installation Manual Installing the Top Rails & Verticals A. Attach your Verticals and Top Rails 1. Continue filling your Pool a. Continue filling your pool with water. Do not put in more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the top rails and vertical columns are all attached. b. Keep working on the top rails and vertical columns while the pool fills. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the verticals, top rails and top connectors.! Hint: Use the ridges in the pool wall to make sure the vertical column is straight up and down Install the Vertical Columns a. Line up the bottom of one vertical column (key 1) with the two small tabs on one base plate (key 2). The two tabs nearest the inside of the pool must be on the inside of the vertical column, and the other two tabs should be showing on the outside of the vertical column. The end of the vertical with three holes must be nearest the top and the end with two holes nearest the bottom. b. Line up the screw holes in the vertical 1 column with the two tabs nearest the inside of the pool and fasten with one self-tapping screw (key 3) on each side (the other two tabs will not have screws through them). c. Hook a top plate (key 4) over the top edge of the pool wall (key 5). Place the top plate down over the top of the vertical column with the tabs on the outside of the column. Make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. d. Line up the oval screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw on each side and one on the front (key 3). e. Repeat the last four steps for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall. 3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules

132 B Overview of Vertical, Top Rail and Top Connector Assembly B A A No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

133 Important: Be careful not to damage the set of connector clips or spacer when separating them with the knife. 3. Install the Top Rails a. The spacer and connector clips are shipped attached together and must be cut apart. Carefully remove the spacer (key 6) and the connector clips (key 9) with a sharp knife (place the plastic parts upside down on a hard surface to do the cutting). Remove any excess plastic from all parts with the knife. 3 9 B B 6 A A 9! Note: Failure to install the spacer will damage the top rails during the installation process. b. IMPORTANT: For round pools and round ends of ovals pools. The letter 'A' on the spacer must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so that the holes in the spacer are over the 'A' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram 4. c. IMPORTANT: For oval pools only. At the buttresses the letter 'B' on the spacer must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so that the holes in the spacer are over the 'B' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram 5. d. Place a top rail (key 7) with one end on top of the top plate and spacer. The side of the top rail facing the centre of the pool is shorter than the side facing the outside of the pool. The side of the top rail facing the outside of the pool will form a large overhang. e. Line up the holes as shown. Fasten through the two oval holes into the holes in the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 3). Do not tighten the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place f. Repeat step (e) for the other end of the top rail. 6 g. Repeat steps (a) to (f) to install the rest of the top rails around the top of the pool wall. h. Make the pool settle into a perfect circle by pushing the top of the pool wall vigorously inward at each vertical (this will help make the bottom of the pool wall shift into a perfect circle). I. Adjust all the top rails to line up evenly with each other and tighten all the screws. 7 Push vigorously 4-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

134 4. Install the Top Connectors a. Line up the connector (key 8) above the ends of two top rails. b. Hook the small tabs protruding from the underside of the connector onto the inside edges of the top rails and hold them firmly in place. Pull the other end of the connector down into place under the top rails by gently stretching it across and down, as shown in diagrams 9 to Caution: Be sure to spread the sides of the lower half connector before stretching it across the top rails or the connector may be damaged c. Push the lower part of the connector in towards the vertical column and line up the two screw holes in the lower portion of the connector with the two holes in the vertical column. Fasten the connector in place with two self-tapping screws (key 3). Tighten the screws ! Note: If necessary, the plug covering the screws can be removed by prying it out with a knife. Be careful not to damage the edges of the plug. d. For oval pools only: At the transition points only, where the end rail meets the side rail, make sure the side rail lines up properly with the end rail. If it doesn t line up, the connector will appear crooked from above (see diagram 14). If the connector isn t centered between the rails, temporarily remove the connector and loosen the screws on the side rail. Shift the side rail in or out from the center of the pool until the connector can be properly centered between the rails (see diagram 15). 14 Transition Rail Side Rail Crooked Connector Move the Side Rail slightly to center the Connector 15 Centered Connector 4-4 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

135 e. Install the connector clips (key 9) by lining up the circular ring on the clip with the circular ring on the connector and applying pressure. The clip will snap into place. (see diagram 16). 10 f. First insert the small tab on the right of the logo insert (key 10) into the small opening on the top of the connector designed for the logo insert. Bend the insert slightly and insert the large tab on the left into the large opening across from the small opening on top of the connector. Press down on the insert to ensure a proper fit g. Repeat the last six steps for the rest of the top connectors.! Hint: In step 5(b), push the sides of the foot cover inward while you slide the cover into place, to make sure the two side clips snap into the slots. Important: The pool wall may bulge and shift a little while filling with water. This is normal. 5. Install the Foot Cover a. Place the foot cover on top of the base plate (key 11). Slide the foot cover towards the pool wall until the side clips and front clip snap into the slots in the vertical column (key 1). Important: Ensure that the side clips snap into the slots on the sides of the vertical. b. Repeat the last step for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall. B. Fill your Pool with Water Front Clips Side Clips Caution: Before anyone uses your pool, read and follow all the Safety Rules in Section 1. This pool is not for diving or jumping. 1. Finish filling the pool a. Fill the pool with water to 2" (5 cm) below the lowest opening. Next, follow the installation instructions for your skimmer. 4-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

136 Additional Installation Information Important Read Me First Round and Oval Pools o Part No rev. 1 For Round and Oval Pools (for V-Bead and J-Bead Hung Liners) SECTION 3 Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner When you come to Part B, replace Steps 2, 3 and 4 with the following: 2. Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead or J-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead or J-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead or J-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Gibraltar Oval System, refer to page 2-6, step 2 in the Gibraltar manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Hint: Use a vacuum cleaner to help remove the wrinkles; see the hint in Section 3, Part B of the instruction manual to see how this is done. 3. Add Tube Spacer (Gibraltar Oval System only) This step applies only if your pool uses the Gibraltar Oval System. If your pool does not use this system, continue with step 5 in the main manual. a. At the top of each buttress, make sure the distance between the ends of the slotted tubes on the top edge of the wall is 4" (10 cm). Insert the plastic tube (key A) into the inside of the slotted tubes (key B) to fill the 4" (10 cm) space. The plastic tubes are inserted only in the spaces along the straight sides of the pool where the buttresses are located, not around the round ends of the pool. Make sure the plastic tubes are correctly installed or else when you install the top plates later, they will not fit properly. b. Where there are no buttresses installed, the space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached should be about 1/2" (13 mm). c. Before proceeding, make sure the pool liner is completely installed and all of the slotted tubes and connectors are back in place. 1 2 V-Bead or J-Bead Liner 3 A 4 (10 cm) B buttress B 1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

137 This manual must be left with the pool owner Pool Component Installation SECTION 1 Manual General Instructions Safety Rules or Pool Owners Channel Lok-I Oval Pools Part No rev. 1 Your pool contains a large quantity of water, and is deep enough to present inherent dangers to life and health unless the following safety rules are strictly observed. irsttime users run the highest risk of injury. Make sure everyone understands all safety rules before entering the pool. Post NO DIVING and NO JUMPING signs beside the pool. or additional safety information please read the enclosed booklet The Sensible Way To Enjoy Your Aboveground/Onground Swimming Pool. 1. No Jumping or Diving The top rail of your pool is not a walkway and must not be used for jumping or diving. Do not permit jumping or diving into the pool from a deck or the top rail of the pool. Diving or jumping into the pool can result in serious injury. 2. Never use the Pool Alone Never permit the pool to be used unless it is attended by at least one person other than the bather. Someone should always be available to lend assistance in an emergency. 3. Never Leave Children Unattended Never leave a child alone and unsupervised in or near the pool not even for a second. There is no substitute for constant adult supervision. 4. No Rough-housing Do not permit rough-housing in and around your pool. Surfaces can become slippery and hazardous when wet. 5. Light the Pool at Night If the pool is used after dusk, adequate lighting must be provided. Illumination in the pool area must be sufficient to clearly judge pool depth and all features in and around the pool. or lighting recommendations, consult your local licensed electrical contractor. 6. Restrict Access to the Pool Do not leave chairs or other furniture beside the pool that could be used by a child to climb up into the pool. Ladders must be removed whenever the pool is unattended. A fence with a lockable gate around the pool or yard is strongly recommended and may be required by law in some jurisdictions. 7. No Alcohol or Drugs The use of alcohol or drugs does not mix with pool activities. Persons who have been drinking alcohol or using any drugs should not be allowed in the pool, and should be carefully supervised in the surrounding area. 8. Keep Your Pool Clean and Sanitary Your filter system will remove suspended particles from the water and the surface skimmer will remove insects, leaves and other debris from the water surface. Use the correct pool chemicals as directed to destroy harmful bacteria and prevent formation of algae. Remember, unsanitary water is a serious health hazard. 1-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

138 A. Introduction to Installing your Pool Read all instructions completely before you begin. These instructions explain how to install your pool. Simply follow the stepby-step directions. Start with this part, SECTION 1 and use the other instructions, SECTION 2 to 4 to put together your entire pool. SECTIONS 1, 2 and 3 have information for several different pool sizes and styles; follow the instructions carefully to make sure you use the information that apply to your specific pool. SECTION 1 also has Safety Rules and instructions to help you keep your pool clean and in good shape, year after year. Be sure to read the Safety Rules, and make sure everyone who uses your pool reads and understands them. B. Determine a Location for your Pool! Important Note: Ground preparation is one of the most important steps in the installation process. A proper foundation will ensure the rest of the pool assembly goes smoothly and that no problems will occur when the pool is filled with water. Open all of the frame cartons and read all of the instructions before you begin. Be sure to read Section 2 and get a complete overview of the pool base and buttress assembly before starting the ground preparation. 1. The Terrain Pay special attention to choosing the right location for your pool: Choose a large area, as flat and level as possible. Choose a spot on dry, firm earth do not install the pool on concrete, asphalt, tar paper, sand, gravel, peat moss, wood or chemically treated soil. Check with your pool dealer to see if Nut Grass grows in your area. This type of grass may grow up through your pool liner. Your dealer will be able to advise how best to treat the site. Sloped areas will need to be made level by digging away high spots, not by filling low spots be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if necessary No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

139 ! Important: When locating the centreline of the pool, be sure to take into consideration any structures (deck, patio, house) or relevant items (change rooms, gazebo, etc.) that the pool may need to line up with and ensure that the pool is in the most visual pleasing location for your property. 2. Things to Avoid Do not locate your pool near or on any of the following: Overhanging tree branches. Overhead wires, clotheslines. Buried pipes and wires contact your gas, electric and telephone utilities to find buried pipes and wires before you dig. Hilly and uneven terrain. Areas with poor drainage. Grass, stones and roots. Grass will rot underneath the pool liner, and stones and roots will damage the pool liner Areas recently treated with oil-based weed killers, chemicals or fertilizers. 3. Plan Ahead Will you be adding an adjacent deck later? Be sure to leave room. Will you be using pool accessories or other appliances that need electricity or gas? Locate your pool near these services or plan to have them installed later by a licensed contractor. C. Prepare the oundation of your Pool 1. Choose the Correct Ground Preparation Drawing a. Choose the drawing that matches your pool size from the five plan drawings below. This drawing will have all of the necessary dimensions for the ground preparation instructions that follow. K M N P J 15 x 30 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 90" (229 cm) 102" (259 cm) 90" (229 cm) 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 180" (457 cm) 129" (328 cm) 90" (229 cm) 127-1/4" (323 cm) 157-1/4" (399 cm) S R G X D H B Y L C Z F A E I W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches Pool Wall Clearance Area 1-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

140 12 x 18 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M P W X Y Z 72" (183 cm) 84" (213 cm) 36" (91 cm) 36" (91 cm) 72" (183 cm) 111" (282 cm) 72" (183 cm) 80-1/2" (204 cm) 116-3/4" (297 cm) S R K G X M Y B L P C Z J F A W Centreline Centre Point Pool Wall 12 x 24 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 15 x 24 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 72" (183 cm) 84" (213 cm) 72" (183 cm) 24" (61 cm) 48" (122 cm) 144" (366 cm) 111" (282 cm) 72" (183 cm) 101-3/4" (258 cm) 132-1/4" (336 cm) 90" (229 cm) 102" (259 cm) 54" (137 cm) 30" (76 cm) 48" (122 cm) 108" (274 cm) 129" (328 cm) 90" (229 cm) 105" (267 cm) 139-7/8" (355 cm) S S R R K G X D H M B K G X D H N Y L M Y B L P C P N C Z Z E I J F A J F A E I W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches Pool Wall Pool Wall D H E I Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches 1-4 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

141 18 x 33 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 108" (274 cm) 120" (305 cm) 90" (229 cm) 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 180" (457 cm) 147" (373 cm) 108" (274 cm) 140-5/8" (357 cm) 172-3/8" (438 cm) S R K G X B M Y L N P C Z J F A W Centreline Centre Point! Important: Determine the location of your pool. Make sure you have the proper distances away from any adjacent structures (i.e. fences, house etc.). Contact local authorities for this information and any additional requirements governing the installation of a pool in your area. By using the distances provided by local authorities and adding them to dimension S from the drawings above, you can calculate the location of the centreline of the pool. 2. Mark out the Area a. Drive two pegs (A) and (B) into the ground. These pegs will both be on the centreline of your pool. Choose the right distance between them from the chart below. Note: Distance A to B is equal to dimension P on the pool drawings above. Pool Size 12' x 18' 72" (183 cm) 12' x 24' 144" (366 cm) 15' x 24' 108" (274 cm) 15' x 30' 180" (457 cm) 18' x 33' 180" (457 cm) b. Use a length of string tied between peg (A) and a can of spray paint, and mark a circle on the ground. Next, do the same for peg (B). Choose the length of string you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. The circles will be 12" (30 cm) bigger all round than the pool. D H 8 9 E I Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches Pool Wall Distance between two pegs (A) and (B) Size of foundation area Size of pool B A 12" (30 cm) 1-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

142 Pool Size Length of String 12' x 18' 84" (213 cm) 12' x 24' 84" (213 cm) 15' x 24' 102" (259 cm) 15' x 30' 102" (259 cm) 18' x 33' 120" (305 cm) c. Join the two pegs (A) and (B) with a piece of string. Use this string as a guide to paint your centreline on the ground with the can of spray paint.! 10 Important: Measure carefully to make sure the centre stake (C) is in the correct location, exactly halfway between pegs (A) and (B). You will use stake (C) later as a reference point for other measurements. d. Drive a flat-topped stake (C) exactly halfway between the two pegs (A) and (B) on the centreline. Stake (C) will mark the exact centre point of your pool. The stake must be at least 1" (25 mm) square and 6" (15 cm) long. Drive it down flush with the ground surface. e. Replace the two pegs (A) and (B) with two more flat-topped stakes. Drive them down flush with the ground surface. 11 B C A f. Join the two circles with straight lines to make an oval. Use pegs and a piece of string as a guide for the can of spray paint. C A B No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

143 g. Mark areas along both straight sides of your oval. Use pegs and string as a guide for the can of spray paint to mark straight lines. Use the chart below to find the correct width W from the centreline of the pool. The ends of the side areas should line up squarely with stakes (A) and (B). 13 W B C W A Pool Size 12' x 18' 111" (282 cm) 12' x 24' 111" (282 cm) 15' x 24' 129" (328 cm) 15' x 30' 129" (328 cm) 18' x 33' 147" (373 cm) Distance from Centreline for Side Area W 3. Remove the Sod a. Remove all sod and plants from the area. b. Remove any sticks, stones and roots from the area. C A B 14 Remember: Your pool must be perfectly level. Take the time you need to be sure your foundation is perfectly level. 4. Make the Area lat and Level a. You will use a 2-by-4 to help level the pool foundation area. Choose the length of straight 2-by-4 you need for your pool from the chart below. Pool Size Length of 2-by-4 12' x 18' 84" (213 cm) 12' x 24' 84" (213 cm) 15' x 24' 102" (259 cm) 15' x 30' 102" (259 cm) 18' x 33' 120" (305 cm) b. Adjust the height of the stake (A, B or C) that is located at the lowest end of the pool area by hammering it down until it is exactly level with the ground. Place a carpenter s level on a 2-by-4 and place the board across the three stakes to make sure the tops are exactly level with each other. Adjust the other two stakes down as needed. 1-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

144 c. Nail one end of the 2-by-4 to the top of the stake where the level of the pool foundation is lowest. Drill a hole for the nail in the centre of the top of the stake first and make the hole big enough so the nail is a little loose and can be removed without moving the stake. Mark the centre of the stake before you drill the hole by marking lines diagonally from opposite corners (see diagram 16). Use a nail long enough to hold the end of the 2-by-4 to the stake while you rotate it in a circle. 15 B Centre of Stake C A Hole 16 17! Hint: Use a surveyor s transit instead of a carpenter s level, if one is available. d. Put a carpenter s level on the 2-by-4 and swing the board in a circle to find the high and low spots. C A B 18 e. Remove all the high spots with a shovel, hoe or rake. Be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if you need to level a large area. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the pool. If necessary, adjust the height of the stake and keep scraping away soil until the area is level. 19 B C A No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

145 Remember: The outer 12" (30 cm) of the cleared oval area must be perfectly flat. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it. Take the time you need to be sure this area is perfectly flat and level.! Hint: Instead of wooden corner stakes, you can use 12" (30 cm) spikes. f. Do not fill in low areas. illing will create an unsafe foundation for your pool. Holes from small stones and small dips and hollows may be filled in, but the soil must be hardpacked with a tamping tool. 21 g. Remove the 2-by-4 from the stake and nail it to the next stake on the centreline. h. Repeat the last five steps until the whole oval area is level. Take your time and make sure the area is perfectly level. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the pool. If necessary, adjust the height of each stake and keep scraping away soil until the entire area is level. i. Make the wide areas along the sides of the oval level with the rest of the area. j. Recheck the outer 12" (30 cm) of the round ends, where the pool wall will be, and the areas along the straight sides of the oval. Make sure there are no high or low spots. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it Add Corner Stakes a. Prepare eight corner stakes (D), (E), ( ) & (G), and (H), (I), (J) & (K) by marking the centre point of each stake the same way as in step 4(c). b. Drive the eight corner stakes into the ground. Drive them down flush with the ground surface. Locate each stake exactly by using the measurements for your pool in the chart below. Be sure to measure using the centre point of each stake. c. Tie strings between stakes (H) 23 and (I) and between (J) and (K). Pool Size Distance X Distance Y Distance W Distance Z K 12" (30 cm) 12' x 18' 72" (183 cm) 80-1/2" (204 cm) 111" (282 cm) 116-3/4" (297 cm) 12' x 24' 72" (183 cm) 101-3/4" (258 cm) 111" (282 cm) 132-1/4" (336 cm) 15' x 24' 90" (229 cm) 105" (267 cm) 129" (328 cm) 139-7/8" (355 cm) 15' x 30' 90" (229 cm) 127-1/4" (323 cm) 129" (328 cm) 157-1/4" (399 cm) 18' x 33' 108" (274 cm) 140-5/8" (357 cm) 147" (373 cm) 172-3/8" (438 cm) G X J Y B Z B F C D W C A A H E I 1-9 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

146 6. Prepare Buttress Trenches a. Locate the first trench by measuring the distance M from the centre of stake (H) to the centreline of the trench. Use the chart below to find the right distance M for your pool. b. Place a stake in the ground on the edge of the cleared area at distance M, underneath the string added in step 5(c). Pool Size K G Painted centreline of trench 24 Distance from Stake Distance to Trench Centreline between Trenches M N 12' x 18' 36" (91 cm) n/a 12' x 24' 24" (61 cm) 48" (122 cm) 15' x 24' 30" (76 cm) 48" (122 cm) 15' x 30' 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 18' x 33' 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) (n/a = not applicable) J B F C D A H M E I 1-10 c. Repeat steps (a) and (b) to J locate the next trench along F the side of the pool. Measure K the distance N from the A centreline of the first trench to G E C the centreline of the next B trench. Use the chart above to I M find the right distance N for D N your pool. (Important Note: H M The 12 x 18 pool has only one trench per side; the 15 x pool has two trenches per side; the 12 x 24, 15 x 30 and 18 x 33 pools all have three trenches per side.) d. Place another stake in the ground on the edge of the cleared area at distance N, underneath the string added in step 5(c). e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the other side of your pool. f. Tie a string between each pair of stakes on opposite sides of the cleared area (the stakes added in steps (b) and (d), above) to mark the centreline of the trenches. g. Mark the centrelines along each string with the can of spray paint. h. Recheck your measurements. Make sure the distances M and N exactly match the distances given in the chart above (see also diagram 26) and that the centrelines for the trenches are exactly parallel. i. Remove the strings. (Note: Keep the strings. They will be temporarily replaced later, after the trenches are dug out, to help you doublecheck that the trenches are parallel.) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

147 ! Hint: Crushed limestone or equivalent must be used instead of brick sand or vermiculite to backfill the base U- channels. The level of compaction achieved by using crushed limestone or equivalent is superior to that of brick sand or vermiculite. Caution: Brick sand or vermiculite cannot be used on any part of the buttress installation process. These materials have poor compaction properties that can cause problems with the buttresses after the pool has been filled with water. j. Carefully dig out each trench. Measure from the centreline painted on the ground and the line between the stakes. Do not dig the trenches too large or too 26 4" (10 cm) 3" (8 cm) Painted centreline of trench Pool Wall Line: String line between stakes D and E or F and G (N.B. the pool wall will lie on this line) deep; the ground around the edges of each trench must remain firm and undisturbed. k. Temporarily replace the strings removed in step (i) to check that the trenches are exactly parallel. Remove the strings again when you are finished. l. Spread a layer of crushed limestone (or equivalent) 1" (25 mm) thick into the bottom of the square part only of each trench (the part that contains the patio stone). Pack firmly. m.place a concrete patio stone 12" x 12" square x 2" thick (30 x 30 x 5 cm) into the wide part of each trench, on top of the limestone layer. Make sure it is level and positioned correctly " (13 cm) 21" (53 cm) 17" (43 cm) 20" (51 cm) Concrete patio stone Concrete patio stone Trench 21" (53 cm) to face of patio stone Crushed limestone (or equivalent) base 1" (25 mm) in bottom of trench Concrete patio stone 12" (30 cm) square 20" (51 cm) Caution: Make sure there is adequate drainage in the bottom of each trench and along the sides of the pool area. There must be adequate drainage for a safe and secure pool foundation. n. Add another layer of crushed limestone (or equivalent) 1" (25 mm) thick into the bottom of the long, rectangular part of each trench, and around the patio stones and pack firmly. The top surface of the crushed limestone should be level with the top of each patio stone. Additional crushed limestone (or equivalent) layer 1" (25 mm) thick See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the buttresses, verticals and base rails No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

148 Parts List and Overview of Buttress Assembly Inside of Pool Key Part Name Part No. Qty. 1 Upright (pool specific) 2 Diagonal (pool specific) 3 Base Channel Diagonal Bracket Left Vertical Support Bracket Strap (pool specific) 11 Hold Down Plate Curved Bottom Rail (pool specific) 14 Base Plate (pool specific) 15 Left Vertical Clip Right Vertical Clip Vertical (pool specific) 18 Top Plate (pool specific) 19 Reinforcing Bracket Support Bracket Base Plate Right Vertical Support Bracket Key Part Name Part No. Qty. - Hardware Bag (Green) per set of buttresses; each bag contains: 10 1/4"-20NC serrated flange hex nut No. 12 x 1/2" self-tapping screw, pan head Phillips 21 1/4"-20NC x 3/4" hex bolt /4"-20NC nut clip /4"-20NC x 2-1/4" hex head bolt No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

149 HARDWARE FOR CHANNEL LOK-I POOLS DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER ACTUAL SIZE TOOL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION SELF TAPPING SCREW #12 x 1/2 INCH LONG PHILLIPS NUMBER 3 SCREWDRIVER OR RED HANDLE #2 ROBERTSON SCREWDRIVER SERRATED FLANGE HEXAGON NUT 1/ /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20 x 3/4 INCH LONG /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 1/4-20x2-1/4 INCH LONG /16 INCH WRENCH OR SOCKET NUT CLIP 1/ NO TOOL REQUIRED 1-13 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

150 ! Hint: Each reinforcing bracket (key 19) can be easily inserted into the base channel (key 3) by sliding it in from one end. Make sure the arrow is pointing the right way.! Hint: Use one end of a 2- by-4 as a tamping tool. Spray the crushed limestone with water before packing it down hard. 7. Begin Assembling the Buttresses Base Channels a. Assemble two base channels (key 3), two support brackets (key 20) and two reinforcing brackets (key 19) using four bolts (key 21) and nuts (key 10). The reinforcing brackets (key 19) are each marked with an arrow which should point away from the support brackets when the parts are assembled (these arrows will point toward the inside of the pool when the buttress assemblies are set into position around your pool). Note: the rest of the buttresses will be assembled later in Step 9, below. 8. Install and Level the Base Channels a. Place one assembled base channel (key 50) into one of the trenches and move it so that the end of the base channel is 17" (43 cm) away from the string marking the Pool Wall Line (see diagram 32). Double check the position of the base channel by making sure the 31 other end is 2" (5 cm) from the back edge of the concrete patio stone. b. Repeat steps 7(a) and 8(a) for the rest of the base channels and trenches. c. Use the carpenter s level to make sure the top of the base channel assembly is exactly level with the rest of the cleared area. If it is not, the base channel must be removed and the crushed limestone (or equivalent) and patio stone adjusted. Also make sure that the end of the base channel assembly is 17" (43 cm) away from the string marking the Pool Wall Line (see diagrams 32 and 33) A 21 3 arrow 17" (43 cm) Make sure the top of the base channel is exactly level with the rest of the cleared area 19 Pool Wall Line: String line between stakes D and E or F and G (N.B. the pool wall will lie on this line) 21" (53 cm) base channel patio stone Make sure this end of the base channel assembly is 17 (43 cm) from the Pool Wall Line 20 2" (5 cm) Pool Wall Line: String line between stakes D and E or F and G 1-14 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

151 9. Continue Assembling the Buttresses a. Temporarily remove one base channel from its trench and fasten one diagonal bracket (key 4) to the base channel assembly (key 50) using four bolts (key 21) and nuts (key 10). Make sure the angled part of the bracket is facing in the correct direction, as shown in diagram 34. The surface that the diagonal bracket is fastened to will be the top of the 34 base channel assembly. b. The vertical support brackets (key 7 and 27) are supplied joined together in left-hand and right-hand pairs. Bend the clips along the centre seam to snap them apart c. asten one base plate (key 23) and two vertical support brackets (key 7 and 27) to the top of the base channel assembly (key 50) using four bolts (key 21) and nuts (key 10) Caution: ailure to properly install and tighten all of the bolts and nuts may void the warranty on your pool. d. asten on upright (key 1) to the base plate (key 23) using three bolts (key 21) and nuts (key 10). Make sure the bottom end of the upright is fastened to the base plate (the bottom end of the upright has three holes which are use to fasten to the base plate No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

152 e. When you come to Section 2, you will install the base rails, linking them to the buttresses. Make sure now that there is approximately 1/16" (2 mm) gap under the tab at the bottom of each upright so the bottom rails slide on easily. 1/16" (2 mm) gap f. Set the assembled buttress back into its trench. Make sure the buttress assembly is returned to the correct position in the trench with the end of the base channel aligned exactly 2" (50 mm) from the back edge of the concrete patio stone (see step 8(a)). The buttress may need to be propped upright to prevent it from falling over while the rest of the pool is assembled. g. Repeat steps (a) to (f) for the rest of the vertical and base channels ill the Base Channels a. Tie strings between stakes (D) and (E) and between ( ) and (G). These will be used as a reference to make sure the base channels are exactly lined up with each other. Stand at each corner of the pool and check the alignment of the base channels with the strings. b. Jump to Section 2 and complete steps 1(a) and (b). This will allow you to install the bottom buttress rails, ensuring the correct distance between the buttresses before the trenches are filled in. Important: complete only steps 1(a) and (b) for now, and then continue with step 10(c) below; you will complete the rest of Section 2 later. Curved bottom buttress rail must be installed between buttresses c. ill the base channels and the trenches they sit in with crushed limestone (or equivalent). ill them up to the top edges of the base channels. If the limestone is dry spray it with some water to help with the compaction. Stand on the base channel and tamp down the limestone until a solid base is achieved (by standing on the base channel your 41 weight helps prevent the base channel from moving). Add additional limestone as required. Do not tamp too hard or the base channel will move. 40 base channel hard-packed crushed limestone d. Recheck the distances between the base channels and make any adjustments you need to make sure the spacing is exactly right (refer to page 1-10, Step 6 for measurements) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

153 ! Hint: Use one end of a 2- by-4 as a tamping tool. Spray the crushed limestone with water before packing it down hard.! Hint: Crushed limestone or equivalent must be used instead on brick sand or vermiculite to backfill the base channels. The level of compaction achieved by using crushed limestone or equivalent is superior to that of brick sand or vermiculite. Caution: Brick sand or vermiculite cannot be used of any part of the buttress installation process. These materials have poor compaction properties that can cause problems with the buttresses after the pool has been filled with water. 11. Install Hold Down Plates and Straps a. Gently flatten any kinks or bends out of the straps (key 8). b. Using a straight edge (you can use one of the hold down Use a hold down plate to drag the area to either side of the plates), drag along the top edge base channel smooth and level of the base channel to ensure the ground is exactly even and level with the base channel (the area 20" (51 cm) beyond each side of the base channel must be level too). If it is not level, Stand on the base channel spread some crushed limestone (or equivalent) on the ground. Stand on the base channel and tamp it down hard with a 42 tamping tool. Verify the ground is level to the base channel by running the straight edge along the top edge of the base channel again. Repeat this step until the ground is level. c. Slide four nut-clips (key 24) onto one end of the base channel assembly (the end that the arrow points to) so they line up over the holes in the base channel. The threaded parts of the nut-clips must point down. d. Line up the holes in the strap (be sure to use the holes shown in diagram 44) with the nut clips (key 24) at the end of the base channel (key 50) and fasten together with four hex head bolts (key 9) Tighten the bolts snuggly but do not overtighten. 44 e. Repeat steps (b to d) for the corresponding strap on the opposite side of the pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

154 ! Hint: When lining up the holes in the base channel and the hold down plate, ensure the bolt heads in the strap are in the first two grooves of the hold down plate. Hold down plate Bolt heads f. Spread 3/4 (19 mm) of crushed limestone (or equivalent) over the area for the hold down plate. 45 Hold down plate Do not spread any material over the top of the base channel. Place the hold down plate as shown in diagram 46 on top of the crushed limestone. Begin shifting the hold down plate in a forwards and backwards motion (see diagram 47), while simultaneously applying a downward force on the hold down plate until the plate rests on top of the base channel. Check to see that the outside ends of the hold down plate have filled with material, and insert material into any open areas until they are full. This will prevent any low spots from forming around the hold down plates when the pool is filled with water. Important: make sure each entire hold down plate lies completely flat. The hold down plate must lie flat or it may lift and damage the pool liner after the pool is filled with water. g. Line up the holes in the hold down plate (be sure to use the holes shown in diagram 48) with the holes in the base channel (key 50) and fasten with two self-tapping screws (key 12). 11 Hard-packed crushed limestone base channel 11 shift the hold down plate back and forth to make it settle Strap Base channel No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

155 h. Repeat steps (f) and (g) on the opposite side of the pool. g. Make sure the area across the middle of the pool between the buttresses is flat and level. Join the two straps already installed with any additional straps (key 8) together to make a full-length strap, joining the two sides of the pool (Note: the 12 x 18 and 12 x 24 pools do not have any additional straps). Line up the holes and fasten together with four bolts (key 21) and four nuts (key 10). The bolt heads must be on the top and the nuts underneath. Tighten the bolts h. Repeat steps (b) through (g) for the rest of the buttresses and hold down plates. Tighten all of the bolts. 12. Remove the strings and stakes a. Make sure all of the strings and stakes (except stakes (A) and (B)) are removed from the entire pool area and fill in any holes with crushed limestone (or equivalent). Leave stakes (A) and (B) in place for now; they will be used later to centre the pool wall No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

156 SECTION 2 Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base & Side Buttresses 1. Install the Curved Bottom Rails a. Each pool uses two, three or four different types of curved bottom rails (key 13). The rails are colour coded or stamped with a part number. Use the chart below to choose the types and quantities of bottom rails for your pool (part numbers are shown in brackets under each colour). Pool Size Quantity and Colour Code (with part numbers.) Buttress Rail Transition Rail A Transition Rail B End Rail 12' x 18' n/a 4 yellow n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 12' x 24' 4 white 4 blue n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 24' 2 white 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 30' 4 green 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 18' x 33' 4 green 4 green 4 green 6 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (n/a = not applicable; plain = no colour code) The 18 x 33 pool is the only size that uses all four types of rails. Diagram 1 shows the locations for each type. Buttresses Transition A rail Transition B rail End rails Buttress rails 1 Transition B rail Transition A rail 2-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

157 ! Hint: When measuring the distance to the face of each base plate, use a piece of string longer than required and place a mark on the string at the required distance.! Hint: Bend the first 1/8" (3 mm) of the end of the bottom rail slightly with a pair of pliers to make sure the rail doesn t slide out of the base plate when the pool wall is installed. Cut several small pieces of wood approximately 3/8 x 3/8 (10 x 10 cm) square and place one between the two bottom rails located at each base plate. This will keep the bottom rails from closing while the wall is installed. Be sure to remove the blocks of wood later, before installing the verticals in Section b. Insert the buttress rails between the buttresses (if you have a 12 x 18 pool, skip step (b) and go to step (c)). The bottom rails insert into the notch in the upright. Make sure the groove faces up. c. Insert the transition A rails (key 13). Slide one end of each rail into the notch in the upright (see diagrams 3 and 4) and slide the other end together with a base plate (key 14) (see diagrams 8, 9 and 10). Important: make sure you slide the rail into the notch so the closed, square part of the rail is in the notch, not the open groove part of the rail (see diagrams 5 and 6). d. Slide the other end of the transition A rail together with a base plate (key 14). e. If you have an 18 x 33 pool, insert the transition B rails (if you have any other size pool, skip to step (f)). Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the rails (see diagram 1 on the previous page for the 18 x 33 pool). f. Lay out the end rails and base plates on both rounds ends of the pool area. Using a piece of string attached to the centre of stake (A), measure the distance to the face of each base plate and make sure it is the same as dimension R (see pages 1-3 through 1-5). (Note: this step will not work on the buttress rails or transition rails.) g. Insert the end rails. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the rails. 8 No Diving or Jumping No Yes 1/2" (13 mm) gap 10 Observe all Safety Rules.

158 ! Note: If you want, the patio stones around the round ends of the pool may be round instead of square, or they can be left out completely. The patio stones in the trenches under the buttresses along the straight sides must be used, even if you don t have them on the round ends. If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down.! Hint: Put duct tape along the top edge of the buttress so there are no exposed edges that might tear the pool liner or scratch the pool wall. h. Optional concrete patio stones may also be used under each base plate on the round ends of your pool. Patio stones 12" (30 cm) square or larger will do. They must be sunk into the ground so the tops are flush with the soil around them. Use 11 the carpenter s level to make sure the patio stones are perfectly level and flush with the ground. Use the carpenter s level and a 2-by-4 between patio stones to make sure the stones are level with each other. i. Use a carpenter s level as you install each curved bottom rail to make sure it is level. j. Remove all the wooden stakes from the ground. 2. Install Vertical Clips a. The vertical clips (key 15 and 16) are supplied joined together in left-hand and righthand pairs. Bend the clips along the centre seam to snap them apart. b. asten the left-hand vertical clip (key 15) with two self-tapping screws (key 12) to the vertical support brackets (key 7 and 27). (Note: the left-hand vertical clip is on the left when you are facing toward the centre of the pool.) Important: be sure to use the pair of holes in the vertical clip as shown in diagram 15, and use the profiles of the vertical in diagram 16 to identify which pool you have. If your vertical profile matches either profile X or Y, use the pair of holes marked B; all other pools use the pair of holes marked A. c. Tighten the screws. d. Repeat steps (b) and (c) for the right-hand vertical clip (key 16) e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the rest of the buttresses A B vertical profile X vertical profile Y No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

159 ! Hint: Protect the top and side edges of the rectangular hole in the vertical with some duct tape to prevent the diagonal from being scratched during assembly. Remove the duct tape after the vertical has been attached to the diagonal brackets.! Important: Ensure all four tabs at the end of the diagonal are inserted into the slots in the upright. 3. Install the Verticals a. Set one vertical (key 17) in place over an upright (key 1). Do not fasten it yet (you will fasten it in step 4(d) on the next page). b. Repeat step (a) for each of the buttresses. (Note: the rest of the verticals around the round ends of your pool will be installed later.) 4. Install the Diagonals 17 a. Hold one diagonal 17 brace (key 2) approximately 2 horizontal, insert the four tabs at the end of the diagonal through the rectangular hole in the vertical (key 17) into the slots in the upright (key 1) inside the vertical (see diagram 21). b. Pull upward on the inserted end of the diagonal to make the tabs slide up and lock into position in the slots. At the same time, swing the other end of the diagonal down onto the diagonal bracket (key 4) on the base channel (see diagrams 18 and 19). Very important: as you swing the diagonal down, make sure you apply constant upward pressure on the end of the diagonal brace with the tabs to ensure they stay fully locked in position in the slots c. asten the bottom end of the diagonal brace to the diagonal bracket (key 4) with two 2-1/4" (57 mm) bolts (key 26) and nuts (key 10). Do not overtighten the bolts. They only need to be snug enough to ensure a secure fit (see diagram 21) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

160 Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. d. asten the vertical (key 17) which you set in place in step 3(a) to the two vertical clips (key 15 and 16) using two selftapping screws (key 12). e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the rest of the buttresses on the straight sides of your pool. 5. Spread out Brick Sand a. Make sure any screw or bolt heads that are to be covered with sand or styrofoam are covered with duct tape first. b. Make sure all of the trenches are completely filled with crushed limestone (or equivalent). c. Spread a layer of fine brick sand (no pebbles) over the 23 foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick sheets of styrofoam. Cut the sheets to fit. Remove the Styrofoam until the wall is installed. Reinstall the styrofoam sheets and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed before installing the Styrofoam. 6. Proceed to Section 3 a. Continue with Section 3 to assemble your pool. Important: read the Additional Installation Information below before proceeding with the instructions in Sections 3 and 4. b. The last three pages of Section 2 contain information you must use after you finish assembling your pool Additional Installation Information for Section 3 When you come to Section 3, Part A, add the following steps: Remember: Do not fill the pool with more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the vertical columns and the top rails are all attached. 2-5 a. It is important that the pool wall be evenly distributed at both ends of the pool to ensure that all the top rails fit. As the wall is uncoiled and placed into the bottom rails it is important to maintain approximately 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the bottom rails or the top rails may not fit. b. After the wall is installed, go around the entire pool and make sure all the gaps between the bottom rails are equal in size (the gaps may each finish slightly smaller or larger than 1/2" (13 mm), depending on your pool size). Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred between the base rails. No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

161 c. After the pool wall has been installed, reconfirm distances to the base plates. Make sure the round ends of the pool have been properly located or the pool wall will not be symmetrical. When you come to Section 3, Part A, replace Step 1(d) with the following:! Hint: Using a 2" (5 cm) piece of duct tape, tape the ends of the 6" (15 cm) metal slotted tube connector over the slotted tubes and onto the pool wall. This will prevent the slotted tubes from moving during liner installation.! Hint: Use duct tape at the top of each buttress to temporarily hold the pool wall from falling in before it is properly fastened in place. 1. Set the Pool Wall in place d. The slotted tubes are colour coded or stamped with a part number. Use the chart below to choose the types and quantities of slotted tubes for your pool (part nos. are shown in brackets under each colour). Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) Pool Size Quantity and Colour Code (with part nos.) Buttress Tube Transition Tube A Transition Tube B End Tube 12' x 18' n/a 4 yellow n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 12 x 24 4 white 4 blue n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15 x 24 2 white 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15 x 30 4 green 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 18 x 33 4 green 4 green 4 green 6 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (n/a = not applicable; plain = no colour code) When you come to Section 3, STEP 6, insert the following extra steps 2(f), (g) and (h) after step 2(e):! Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. The 18 x 33 pool is the only size that uses all four types of slotted tubes. Diagram 18 shows the locations for each type. 18 Transition A slotted tube Transition B slotted tube Slotted end tubes Buttresses Transition B slotted tube Transition A slotted tube Buttress slotted tubes 2-6 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

162 When you come to Section 3, Part A, insert the following extra Steps 2(f), (g) and (h) after Step 2(e): 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall f. Before proceeding, make sure the pool liner is completely installed and all of the slotted tubes and connectors are in place. g. At the top of each buttress, make sure the distance between the ends of the slotted tubes on the top edge of the wall is 4" (10 cm). Insert the plastic tube (key A) into the inside of the slotted tubes (key B) to fill the 4" (10 cm) space. The plastic tubes are inserted only in the spaces along the straight sides of the pool where the buttresses are located, not around the round ends of the pool. Make sure the plastic tubes are correctly installed or else when you install the top plates later they will not fit properly. h. Where there are no buttresses installed, the space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the verticals should be about 1/2" (13 mm). 19 4" (10 cm) B A buttress B When you come to Section 3, Part A, replace Step 4(a) with the following: 4. asten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) a. When installing the beaded liner retainer the ends must be at least 12" away from any buttress or it will be difficult to attach the top plates later. The beaded liner retainer may need to be cut to complete the installation. Important: make sure the segments of liner retainer are put on the top edge of the wall. b. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. When you come to Section 3, Part A, insert the following extra Step 5(c) after Step 5(b): 5. Make a Cove c. Along the sides of the pool, each of the buttresses make the wall scallop inward slightly. The cove at the bottom of the wall will be a little narrower and shorter at these points. Make sure the dimensions of the cove where it passes the buttresses match diagram 20 for a correctly shaped cove (7.5 cm) 4 (10 cm) Buttress 2-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

163 Additional Installation Information for Section 4 When you come to Section 4, Part A, replace Step 3 with the following:! Important: If the 7" (18 cm) top plate (see diagram 23) is shown in your manual, return to using that manual after installing the transition rails, as described in the Additional Installation Information. Note: the manual included with your pool may show the 6" (15 cm) top plate (shown below), but the 7" (18 cm) top plate (see diagram 23) has been supplied instead. Proceed to step (c) on this page. 6" (15 cm) Top Plate Connectors 3. Install the Top Rails Note: You must use any additional components that come with your pool and are required for proper assembly as described in your manual Section 4. a. Install all the side rails between the buttresses. Use hole A and line up all of the holes as shown in diagram 23. asten through the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 9). Do not tighten any of the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place. Make sure the verticals are aligned straight up and down (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side rails). b. Install the remaining verticals as shown in Section 4, Installing the Top Rails & Verticals. c. Important: the four transition A top rails are marked with a coloured dot and the ends are mitred. If your pool has connectors that match either of the connectors shown to the left, skip the rest of step (c) and proceed to step (d); if not, then continue with the rest of step (c). Only the end of the transition A top rail that is over a buttress will fasten into the hole marked B in the top plate, as shown in diagram 22. or the rest of the end rails, use hole A and line up all of the holes as shown in diagram 23. asten through the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 9) Transition A End Rail Vertical Side Rail use hole B Buttress Do not tighten any of the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place Transition A top rail buttress use hole A first vertical on round end of pool 2-8 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

164 d. Beginning with one of the transition A top rails, place one end of the rail (key 8) over the top plate at a buttress, and the other end over the top plate at a vertical as shown in diagram 21. (Important: refer back to step (c) to see which holes to use.) The top rail will form a large overhang on each side of the pool wall. Install the end rail as shown in diagram 24. When you install the rails, leave only 1/16" (2 mm) between the ends of the rails. Do not tighten the screws yet because you might need to adjust the rails later. Important: if any of the verticals are not straight up and down, adjust the base plate and bottom end of the vertical side to side as required by gently tapping on the base plate with a hammer and a block of wood. If you need to adjust the top of the vertical, you may need to remove the top plate first or else the wall and the liner could be damaged. e. Check the length of the second transition A top rail before you fasten it. If the end of the transition rail overlaps the side rail, it needs to be cut; if the oval holes of the transition rail do not match the holes in the top plate, you must drill new holes. (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side rails; any overlap will be over the adjacent transition rail.) In the case that the transition rail seems to be too short, you must pull the rails you just installed so the end of the transition rail can be attached to the top plate. The oval holes provide approximately 2" (51 mm) adjustment at each end of the pool. f. Repeat steps (d) and (e) for the other side of the pool. 4. If the transition rail needs to be drilled and/or cut follow these steps: a. Temporarily unscrew the end 9 of the side rail that is next to the transition rail. (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side 8 rails.) b. Place one end of the transition rail (key 8) underneath the side rail. (Note: for the 12' x 18' pool place one end above the other transition rail.) Place the other end over the first vertical on the round end of the pool and temporarily fasten this end midway of the adjustment provided by the oval holes. If you have a 12' x 18' pool, jump to step (k) now use hole A first vertical on round end of pool Transition A top rail No Diving or Jumping. Buttress Side rail Overlap Observe all Safety Rules.

165 c. With the end of the side rail on top of the transition rail, mark two dimensions 1/2" (13 mm) and 1-1/8" (29 mm) away from the end of the side rail. Then temporarily unscrew the other end of the side rail and move it to draw the lines X and Y. The first line X is parallel to the end of the side rail, 1/2" (13 mm) away. This will be the line you will cut along to shorten the transition rail. The second line Y is also parallel to the end of the side rail, 1-1/8" (29 mm) away. This will be the line that the new 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes lie on. d. To mark the locations of the 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes, draw two lines through the centres of each of the two oval holes, parallel to the length of the rail, to intersect the line Y. The intersection of these lines will determine the locations of the new 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes that need to be drilled. e. If your pool calls for a support plate, drill another 1/4" (6 mm) hole 1-1/2" (38 mm) or 2-1/8" (54 mm) toward the inside of the pool along the line Y. Measure that distance on your pool. 27 f. Remove the transition rail and drill the 1/4" (6 mm) holes using the marks that lie on the line Y. g. Cut the transition rail along the 1/2" (13 mm) line X using a hacksaw (use a blade with at least 32 teeth per inch). h. asten the side rail and the transition rail in place. i. Repeat steps (a) to (h) to install the top rails at the other end of the pool /8" (29 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) j. Continue with the remaining steps explained in your manual Section 4, Installing the Top Rails & the Verticals, Part A, under Step 3, Install the Top Rails. k. If you have a 12' x 18' pool, draw the cutting line X along the centre of the top plate where the two transition rails meet. The line Y should be drawn parallel to line X but 3/4" (19 mm) away from line X. To determine the locations of the 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes, follow the above steps (d) to (j). l. Continue with Section 4, Step 4 of your manual. Y X Cut line Line for new holes Transition A top rail Side rail Line Y for new holes Two lines through old oval holes, intersecting line Y Y X Transition A top rail 2-10 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

166 D. Maintaining your Pool After you have finished installing your pool, follow these instructions to keep it clean and in good shape. Caution: Chlorine can damage your pool liner and metal parts. Wash any spills right away. Remember: Any rusty areas on the pool wall must be repainted quickly with antirust paint. A badly rusted pool wall can collapse. 1. The Liner a. Check the liner regularly for leaks. b. Minor repairs can be made to the liner with a repair kit. 2. Pool Wall and Vertical Columns a. Keep the pool wall and vertical columns clean. Wash down every so often with mild soap. Do not use abrasives, chemicals or cleansers. b. Wash off any spilled pool chemicals right away. c. Recoat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. d. Check all metal parts for rust regularly, at least once per season. e. Touch up scratches and rusty area on metal parts with matching antirust paint. ollow the directions on the paint can. f. Every two years, lower the water level in your pool to 12" (30 cm) deep. Remove the top edge of the liner from the pool wall and look for hidden rust on the inside of the pool wall. See Section 4 for instructions on removing the liner. g. Pay special attention to any leaks at the skimmer and return openings. Leaks must be fixed immediately No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

167 E. Winterizing your Pool At the end of the swimming season, you must follow these directions to make your pool ready for the winter. Caution: Do not drain all the water from your pool for the winter, and do not remove the liner. An empty pool can collapse in the winter. 1. Lower the Water Level a. Lower the water level in your pool until it is about 6" (15 cm) below the water return fitting. b. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. Make sure all water is drained from the skimmer housing, and make sure the hole at the bottom of the skimmer is left UNPLUGGED. 2. Check all Joints and Screws a. Make sure all the frame joints are fitting together properly and make sure the pool wall has not shifted from the bottom rail. b. Make sure all screws and bolts are tight. 3. Check for Rust Paint any scratches or rusty areas with anti-rust paint. Remember: ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. 4. Check the Liner Make sure the top of the liner is still attached to the pool wall with plastic coping. Do not remove the liner from the pool. Removal of the liner will void the existing warranty. Do not drain all the water from the pool for the winter. 5. inding Leaks Make sure the liner has no leaks. Check the liner for leaks and repair any holes with a vinyl patch. Leaks in the winter can cause severe damage to your pool. 6. Pool Accessories Remove all pool accessories from the pool, including the ladder. Leave the skimmer attached to the pool wall. Ensure that the skimmer lid is installed and the opening at the bottom of the skimmer is open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. 7. The ilter Disconnect the hoses from the filter. ollow the winterizing instructions in your filter manual No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

168 Important Winterizing Notice All Pools: The water level must be maintained at least 3" (76 mm) below the skimmer opening throughout the winter. Surplus water must be removed by pumping, draining or siphoning so that it doesn t enter the skimmer during the winter. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. The opening at the bottom of the skimmer MUST be kept open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. Pools with 12" (30 cm) skimmers: In addition to the above, the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) must be inserted into the 12" (30 cm) skimmer (see illustration below). ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. The Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) is also available from your pool dealer. All Pools: Do not attach the pool cover to the top rails, verticals, connectors or any part of the skimmer. 12" (30 cm) Wide Mouth Skimmer 3" (76 mm) Use rectangular block if required. Install wedge shaped block first. Maintain water level at least 3" (76 mm) below skimmer opening throughtout the winter. Installation: "PAWS" Skimmer: 1. orce the wedge shaped block into the skimmer opening until it sits flush with the face flange. Other Skimmers: 1. Place the wedge shaped block into the skimmer throat. 2. orce the rectangular shaped block into the skimmer opening until it sits flush with the face flange. Note: On some skimmers, it may be necessary to trim the foam to make a friction fit and/or use a wooden wedge to keep it in place during the winter No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

169 SECTION 2 Note: If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down. Hint: Bend the first 1/8" (3 mm) of the end of the bottom rail slightly with a pair of pliers to make sure the rail doesn t slide out of the base plate when the pool wall is installed. Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. Pools with a styrofoam layer must still have a Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base A. Assemble your Pool Base 1. Lay out the Base Plates and Bottom Rails a. This step is optional: Place sheets of 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick Styrofoam on the ground over the complete area where the pool is to be constructed. Place the bottom rails and base plates on top of the Styrofoam. Do not leave any gaps between the ends of the bottom rails. Using the inside face of the base rail as a cutting line, cut the Styrofoam with a knife. Prior to removing the Styrofoam from inside of the pool perimeter, number each piece with a marker to make reassembling them fast and easy. Remove all of the Styrofoam from under the base plates and from inside of the pool (the Styrofoam trimmed off outside the rails can be discarded). Neatly stack the Styrofoam removed from inside of the pool it will be required later after the pool wall has been installed in Section 3, not before. b. Place the base plates equally spaced around the perimeter of your foundation. If you are using the optional patio stones, place one base plate on each stone. c. Slide the curved bottom rails together with the base plates. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the bottom rails. 2. Spread out Brick Sand a. Spread a layer of fine brick sand (no pebbles) over the foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a but you must wait until the pool wall has been installed (Section 3) before using this option. When you reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool, join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. cove B Part No rev No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

170 SECTION 3 Hint: Bring the following items onto the pool foundation before you start uncoiling the pool wall: the pool liner, some extra brick sand to make the cove in Step 5, and a ladder to climb out after the wall is assembled. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for a calm day. Remember: For best results, mount the skimmer on the downwind side of the pool (that is, directly across from the most common wind direction). Wind Locate the skimmer on this side Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner A. Assemble your Pool Wall This section is for Round and Oval pools (Round pools are shown). 1. Set the Pool Wall in place a. Wait for a calm day. Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. b. Unpackage the coiled pool wall and stand it on a piece of cardboard or plywood at the centre of the pool. The cut-outs for the through-thewall skimmer should be towards the top of the wall. Look for a THIS WAY UP label and arrow. c. Start uncoiling the wall, guiding the bottom edge into the curved bottom rail. The starting end of the wall must be positioned over a base plate, and the skimmer and return holes should be positioned where the pump and filter will be. d. Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. Make sure the gap is directly above the base plate (this applies to round pools, oval pools and Gibraltar Style pools). (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) (Retainer for beaded liner only) 3-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

171 e. Work around the foundation until the entire pool wall is uncoiled into the bottom rails and the top edge is covered with slotted tubes and connectors (and beaded liner retainers if you have a beaded pool liner). Hint: Stick a screwdriver through two of the holes to help line up the ends of the wall. 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall a. Line up the holes in the two ends of the pool wall. 5 b. To line up the holes, make the circle bigger or smaller by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 6 Remember: The bolt heads must be toward the inside of the pool. Cover the bolt heads with duct tape. c. Join the ends of the pool wall with a bolt and nut through each hole. Place each bolt head towards the inside of the pool and each nut towards the outside. d. Tighten each bolt and nut securely. 7 e. Cover the seam and bolt heads on the inside of the pool wall completely with 2" (50 mm) duct tape No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

172 Caution: The pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter. A pool that is not level is dangerous and may collapse. 3. Make sure the Pool Wall is Level a. Use a length of string and a line-level to check across the top edge of the pool wall to see if it is level. Check the wall in several different directions. The wall must be level. If the level is off by more than 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool, take the wall apart and level the foundation again Make sure the Pool Wall is Round a. Using a tape measure, measure across the circle at each base plate. The pool wall must be round within 1" (25 mm) (all of the measurements must be within 1" (25 mm) of each other). Adjust the circle by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 11 b. Adjusting the pool to the proper shape may cause the base rails and base plates to slip out of alignment a little. Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred where the base rails meet Install the Styrofoam Sheets (optional) a. If you chose the option of using Styrofoam instead of brick sand, you can now install the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a. Reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed in Section 3 before installing the Styrofoam. 3-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

173 Remember: The cove is an important part of the pool structure. Take your time to make a complete, full-size cove. Caution: The Wall-Saver gasket is important for protection against corrosion. Failure to install this gasket properly on the cutout for 6" or 12" skimmers may void the warranty of your pool wall. If the gasket is damaged, get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall- Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. Hint: If possible, unfold the liner on the grass one to two hours before installation. Be careful not to leave the liner too long or you may damage the grass. 6. Make a Cove a. Make a curved cove about 6" (15 cm) high and 8" (20 cm) wide all around the bottom of the pool wall on the inside. b. Use fine earth or brick sand to make the cove, and pack it firmly into shape. 7. Install the Wall-Saver Gasket a. The Wall-Saver gasket provides a water-tight seal around the skimmer cut-out for the through-the-wall skimmer. Gently spread apart the two layers of the gasket and insert it into the skimmer cutout so that it sandwiches the wall. Be very careful not to tear or damage the seam in the gasket or the gasket may leak. Take extra care not to cut or damage the gasket when you are installing the skimmer later. If the gasket is damaged, you must get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall-Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. B. Install your Pool Liner 1. Set the liner in place a. Open the carton. Do not use anything sharp to open the carton. b. Unpack and unfold the liner and spread it out in the sun to warm it up. Inspect all the seams and surfaces for holes No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

174 Hint: To smooth out the wrinkles in step 2(c), use a vacuum cleaner: block the skimmer outlet with cardboard and tape and put the vacuum hose through the skimmer return hole, between the liner and pool wall. Seal the hole with tape and keep the hose 4" to 6" (10 to 15 cm) above the sand cove so you don t suck up any sand. Start the vacuum and run it until most of the wrinkles are gone. Then, stop the vacuum and add 1" (2.5 cm) of water to the pool. Finally, remove the vacuum hose and unplug the skimmer hole. c. Spread out the liner. Follow the instructions supplied with the liner for the correct orientation of the smooth side. The curved seam should be centred on the cove at the base of the wall. The other seams will form straight lines across the bottom of the pool. d. Smooth out all the wrinkles in the bottom. 2. Fasten the Liner in place (Overlap Liner only) This step applies only if you have an Overlap Liner. See the next page if you have a Beaded Liner or V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and drape them over the top of the pool wall. If you have a 52" (132 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 2" (5 cm) overhang; if you have a 48" (122 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 6" (15 cm) overhang. b. Fasten the liner to the top of the wall with plastic coping. Let the liner hang slack for now. Do not pull the liner tight. c. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Remove the plastic coping around the top edge of the wall one piece at a time and adjust the liner. Keep smoothing out the wrinkles Remember: Do not trim off the excess liner. (If the liner ever needs to be removed, trimming the liner will make re-installation very difficult.) Instead, roll up any excess liner and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. 3. Trim the Plastic Coping and Roll Up the Excess Liner a. After all the wrinkles in the liner are removed, trim any extra length of plastic coping so there is no overlap. b. Roll up any excess liner hanging below the plastic coping and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. Important: Do not trim off the excess liner No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

175 4. Fasten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) This step applies only if you have a Beaded Liner. See the previous page if you have an Overlap Liner or below if you have a V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. b. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Oval System, refer to page 2-5 or 2-6, step 2 in the manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. 6. Proceed to Section 4 a. Continue with Section 4 to finish assembling your pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

176 SECTION 4 Pool Component Installation Manual Installing the Top Rails & Verticals A. Attach your Verticals and Top Rails 1. Continue filling your Pool a. Continue filling your pool with water. Do not put in more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the top rails and vertical columns are all attached. b. Keep working on the top rails and vertical columns while the pool fills. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the verticals, top rails and top connectors.! Hint: Use the ridges in the pool wall to make sure the vertical column is straight up and down Install the Vertical Columns a. Line up the bottom of one vertical column (key 1) with the two small tabs on one base plate (key 2). The two tabs nearest the inside of the pool must be on the inside of the vertical column, and the other two tabs should be showing on the outside of the vertical column. The end of the vertical with three holes must be nearest the top and the end with two holes nearest the bottom. b. Line up the screw holes in the vertical 1 column with the two tabs nearest the inside of the pool and fasten with one self-tapping screw (key 3) on each side (the other two tabs will not have screws through them). c. Hook a top plate (key 4) over the top edge of the pool wall (key 5). Place the top plate down over the top of the vertical column with the tabs on the outside of the column. Make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. d. Line up the oval screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw on each side and one on the front (key 3). e. Repeat the last four steps for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall. 3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules

177 B Overview of Vertical, Top Rail and Top Connector Assembly B A A No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

178 Important: Be careful not to damage the set of connector clips or spacer when separating them with the knife. 3. Install the Top Rails a. The spacer and connector clips are shipped attached together and must be cut apart. Carefully remove the spacer (key 6) and the connector clips (key 9) with a sharp knife (place the plastic parts upside down on a hard surface to do the cutting). Remove any excess plastic from all parts with the knife. 3 9 B B 6 A A 9! Note: Failure to install the spacer will damage the top rails during the installation process. b. IMPORTANT: For round pools and round ends of ovals pools. The letter 'A' on the spacer must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so that the holes in the spacer are over the 'A' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram 4. c. IMPORTANT: For oval pools only. At the buttresses the letter 'B' on the spacer must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so that the holes in the spacer are over the 'B' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram 5. d. Place a top rail (key 7) with one end on top of the top plate and spacer. The side of the top rail facing the centre of the pool is shorter than the side facing the outside of the pool. The side of the top rail facing the outside of the pool will form a large overhang. e. Line up the holes as shown. Fasten through the two oval holes into the holes in the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 3). Do not tighten the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place f. Repeat step (e) for the other end of the top rail. 6 g. Repeat steps (a) to (f) to install the rest of the top rails around the top of the pool wall. h. Make the pool settle into a perfect circle by pushing the top of the pool wall vigorously inward at each vertical (this will help make the bottom of the pool wall shift into a perfect circle). I. Adjust all the top rails to line up evenly with each other and tighten all the screws. 7 Push vigorously 4-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

179 4. Install the Top Connectors a. Line up the connector (key 8) above the ends of two top rails. b. Hook the small tabs protruding from the underside of the connector onto the inside edges of the top rails and hold them firmly in place. Pull the other end of the connector down into place under the top rails by gently stretching it across and down, as shown in diagrams 9 to Caution: Be sure to spread the sides of the lower half connector before stretching it across the top rails or the connector may be damaged c. Push the lower part of the connector in towards the vertical column and line up the two screw holes in the lower portion of the connector with the two holes in the vertical column. Fasten the connector in place with two self-tapping screws (key 3). Tighten the screws ! Note: If necessary, the plug covering the screws can be removed by prying it out with a knife. Be careful not to damage the edges of the plug. d. For oval pools only: At the transition points only, where the end rail meets the side rail, make sure the side rail lines up properly with the end rail. If it doesn t line up, the connector will appear crooked from above (see diagram 14). If the connector isn t centered between the rails, temporarily remove the connector and loosen the screws on the side rail. Shift the side rail in or out from the center of the pool until the connector can be properly centered between the rails (see diagram 15). 14 Transition Rail Side Rail Crooked Connector Move the Side Rail slightly to center the Connector 15 Centered Connector 4-4 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

180 e. Install the connector clips (key 9) by lining up the circular ring on the clip with the circular ring on the connector and applying pressure. The clip will snap into place. (see diagram 16). 10 f. First insert the small tab on the right of the logo insert (key 10) into the small opening on the top of the connector designed for the logo insert. Bend the insert slightly and insert the large tab on the left into the large opening across from the small opening on top of the connector. Press down on the insert to ensure a proper fit g. Repeat the last six steps for the rest of the top connectors.! Hint: In step 5(b), push the sides of the foot cover inward while you slide the cover into place, to make sure the two side clips snap into the slots. Important: The pool wall may bulge and shift a little while filling with water. This is normal. 5. Install the Foot Cover a. Place the foot cover on top of the base plate (key 11). Slide the foot cover towards the pool wall until the side clips and front clip snap into the slots in the vertical column (key 1). Important: Ensure that the side clips snap into the slots on the sides of the vertical. b. Repeat the last step for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall. B. Fill your Pool with Water Front Clips Side Clips Caution: Before anyone uses your pool, read and follow all the Safety Rules in Section 1. This pool is not for diving or jumping. 1. Finish filling the pool a. Fill the pool with water to 2" (5 cm) below the lowest opening. Next, follow the installation instructions for your skimmer. 4-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

181 Additional Installation Information Important Read Me First Round and Oval Pools o Part No rev. 1 For Round and Oval Pools (for V-Bead and J-Bead Hung Liners) SECTION 3 Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner When you come to Part B, replace Steps 2, 3 and 4 with the following: 2. Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead or J-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead or J-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead or J-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Gibraltar Oval System, refer to page 2-6, step 2 in the Gibraltar manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Hint: Use a vacuum cleaner to help remove the wrinkles; see the hint in Section 3, Part B of the instruction manual to see how this is done. 3. Add Tube Spacer (Gibraltar Oval System only) This step applies only if your pool uses the Gibraltar Oval System. If your pool does not use this system, continue with step 5 in the main manual. a. At the top of each buttress, make sure the distance between the ends of the slotted tubes on the top edge of the wall is 4" (10 cm). Insert the plastic tube (key A) into the inside of the slotted tubes (key B) to fill the 4" (10 cm) space. The plastic tubes are inserted only in the spaces along the straight sides of the pool where the buttresses are located, not around the round ends of the pool. Make sure the plastic tubes are correctly installed or else when you install the top plates later, they will not fit properly. b. Where there are no buttresses installed, the space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached should be about 1/2" (13 mm). c. Before proceeding, make sure the pool liner is completely installed and all of the slotted tubes and connectors are back in place. 1 2 V-Bead or J-Bead Liner 3 A 4 (10 cm) B buttress B 1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

182 This manual must be left with the pool owner Pool Component Installation SECTION 1 Manual General Instructions A All Round Pools Part No rev. 4 Safety Rules or Pool Owners Your pool contains a large quantity of water, and is deep enough to present inherent dangers to life and health unless the following safety rules are strictly observed. irsttime users run the highest risk of injury. Make sure everyone understands all safety rules before entering the pool. Post NO DIVING and NO JUMPING signs beside the pool. or additional safety information please read the enclosed booklet The Sensible Way To Enjoy Your Aboveground/Onground Swimming Pool. 1. No Jumping or Diving The top rail of your pool is not a walkway and must not be used for jumping or diving. Do not permit jumping or diving into the pool from a deck or the top rail of the pool. Diving or jumping into the pool can result in serious injury. 2. Never use the Pool Alone Never permit the pool to be used unless it is attended by at least one person other than the bather. Someone should always be available to lend assistance in an emergency. 3. Never Leave Children Unattended Never leave a child alone and unsupervised in or near the pool not even for a second. There is no substitute for constant adult supervision. 4. No Rough-housing Do not permit rough-housing in and around your pool. Surfaces can become slippery and hazardous when wet. 5. Light the Pool at Night If the pool is used after dusk, adequate lighting must be provided. Illumination in the pool area must be sufficient to clearly judge pool depth and all features in and around the pool. or lighting recommendations, consult your local licensed electrical contractor. 6. Restrict Access to the Pool Do not leave chairs or other furniture beside the pool that could be used by a child to climb up into the pool. Ladders must be removed whenever the pool is unattended. A fence with a lockable gate around the pool or yard is strongly recommended and may be required by law in some jurisdictions. 7. No Alcohol or Drugs The use of alcohol or drugs does not mix with pool activities. Persons who have been drinking alcohol or using any drugs should not be allowed in the pool, and should be carefully supervised in the surrounding area. 8. Keep Your Pool Clean and Sanitary Your filter system will remove suspended particles from the water and the surface skimmer will remove insects, leaves and other debris from the water surface. Use the correct pool chemicals as directed to destroy harmful bacteria and prevent formation of algae. Remember, unsanitary water is a serious health hazard. 1-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

183 A. Introduction to Installing your Pool Read all instructions completely before you begin. These instructions explain how to install your pool. Simply follow the step-by-step directions. Start with this part, SECTION 1 and use the other instructions, SECTION 2 to 4 to put together your entire pool. SECTION 1 also has Safety Rules and instructions to help you keep your pool clean and in good shape, year after year. Be sure to read the Safety Rules, and make sure everyone who uses your pool reads and understands them. B. Determine a Location for your Pool! Important Note: Ground preparation is one of the most important steps in the installation process. A proper foundation will ensure the rest of the pool assembly goes smoothly and that no problems will occur when the pool is filled with water. 1. The Terrain Pay special attention to choosing the right location for your pool: Choose a large area, as flat and level as possible. Choose a spot on dry, firm earth do not install the pool on concrete, asphalt, tar paper, sand, gravel, peat moss, wood or chemically treated soil. Check with your pool dealer to see if Nut Grass grows in your area. This type of grass may grow up through your pool liner. Your dealer will be able to advise how best to treat the site. Sloped areas will need to be made level by digging away high spots, not by filling low spots be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if necessary No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

184 ! Important: When locating the centre of the pool, be sure to take into consideration any structures (deck, patio, house) or relevant items (change rooms, gazebo, etc.) that the pool may need to line up with and ensure that the pool is in the most visual pleasing location for your property Things to Avoid Do not locate your pool near or on any of the following: Overhanging tree branches. Overhead wires and clotheslines. Buried pipes and wires-contact your gas, electric and telephone utilities to find buried pipes and wires before you dig. Hilly and uneven terrain. 5 6 Areas with poor drainage. 7 Grass, stones and roots. Grass will rot underneath the pool liner, and stones and roots will damage the pool liner. Areas recently treated with oil-based weed killers, chemicals or fertilizers. 3. Plan Ahead Will you be adding an adjacent deck later? Be sure to leave room. Will you be using pool accessories or other appliances that need electricity or gas? Locate your pool near these services or plan to have them installed later by a licensed contractor. C. Prepare the oundation of your Pool 1. Mark out the Area a. Drive a peg into the ground at the centre of the area where you want your pool. b. Use a length of string tied between the peg and a can of spray paint, and mark a circle on the ground. Choose the length of string you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. The circle will be 6" (15 cm) bigger all round than the pool. 8 9 No Diving or Jumping. Size of foundation circle Size of pool 6" (15 cm) Observe all Safety Rules.

185 Pool Size Length of String Length of 2-by-4 12' 6'-6" (200 cm) 6'-6" (200 cm) 15' 8'-0" (244 cm) 8'-0" (244 cm) 18' 9'-6" (290 cm) 9'-6" (290 cm) 21' 11'-0" (335 cm) 11'-0" (335 cm) 24' 12'-6" (380 cm) 12'-6" (380 cm) 27' 14'-0" (426 cm) 14'-0" (426 cm) 2. Remove the Sod a. Remove all sod and plants from the circle. b. Remove any sticks, stones and roots from the circle. 10 Remember: Your pool must be perfectly level. Take the time you need to be sure your foundation is perfectly level.! Hint: Use a surveyor s transit instead of a carpenter s level, if one is available. 3. Make the Area lat and Level a. Replace the centre peg with a flat-topped stake, at least 1" (25 mm) square and 6" (15 cm) long. Drive it down flush with the ground surface. b. Nail one end of a straight 2-by-4 to the top of the stake. Choose the length of 2-by-4 you need for your pool from the chart above. Use a nail 11 long enough to hold the end of the 2-by-4 to the stake while you rotate it in a circle. c. Put a carpenter s level on the 2-by-4 and swing the board in a circle to find the high and low spots No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

186 d. Remove all the high spots with a shovel, hoe or rake. Be prepared to hire earth moving equipment if you need to level a large area. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool. 13 e. Do not fill in low areas. illing will create an unsafe foundation for your pool. Small dips and hollows may be filled in, but the soil must be hardpacked with a tamping tool Remember: The outer 12" (30 cm) of the circle must be perfectly flat. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it. Take the time you need to be sure this area is perfectly flat and level. f. Recheck the outer 12" (30 cm) of the circle, where the pool wall will be. Make sure there are no high or low spots. The bottom edge of the pool wall must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it " (30 cm) 4. Patio Stones (Optional) a. Concrete patio stones may be placed at the base of each vertical column of your pool. This is optional, but makes a better foundation for the pool wall. Patio stones 12" (30 cm) or larger will do. Round patio stones will also work. Choose the number of patio stones you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. 1-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

187 Pool Size Number of Patio Stones (Optional) 12' 10 15' 10 18' 12 21' 14 24' 16 27' 18 b. Temporarily lay out the base rails and base plates around the circle. Each base plate will show the location for a patio stone. Make a mark in the ground at each base plate. c. Remove the base rails and base plates and lay out the patio stones around the circle where the base plates were. 17 d. The patio stones must be sunk into the ground so the tops are flush with the soil around them. Use the carpenter s level to make sure the patio stones are perfectly level and flush with the ground. Use the carpenter s 19 level and a 2-by-4 between patio stones to make sure the stones are level with each other. e. Remove the centre stake and 2-by Proceed to Section 2 a. Continue with Section 2 to assemble your pool. b. The rest of Section 1 contains information you can use after you finish assembling your pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

188 Caution: Chlorine can damage your pool liner and metal parts. Wash any spills right away. Remember: Any rusty areas on the pool wall must be repainted quickly with antirust paint. A badly rusted pool wall can collapse. D. Maintaining your Pool After you have finished installing your pool, follow these instructions to keep it clean and in good shape. 1. The Liner a. Check the liner regularly for leaks. b. Minor repairs can be made to the liner with a repair kit. 2. Pool Wall and Vertical Columns a. Keep the pool wall and vertical columns clean. Wash down every so often with mild soap. Do not use abrasives, chemicals or cleansers. b. Wash off any spilled pool chemicals right away. c. Recoat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. d. Check all metal parts for rust regularly, at least once per season. e. Touch up scratches and rusty area on metal parts with matching anti-rust paint. ollow the directions on the paint can. f. Every two years, lower the water level in your pool to 12" (30 cm) deep. Remove the top edge of the liner from the pool wall and look for hidden rust on the inside of the pool wall. g. Pay special attention to any leaks at the skimmer and return openings. Leaks must be fixed immediately. E. Winterizing your Pool At the end of the swimming season, you must follow these directions to make your pool ready for the winter. Caution: Do not drain all the water from your pool for the winter, and do not remove the liner. An empty pool may collapse in the winter. 1. Lower the Water Level a. Lower the water level in your pool until it is about 6" (15 cm) below the water return fitting. b. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. Make sure all water is drained from the skimmer housing, and make sure the hole at the bottom of the skimmer is left UNPLUGGED. 2. Check all Joints and Screws a. Make sure all the frame joints are fitting together well. Make sure the pool wall has not shifted from the bottom rail. b. Make sure all screws and bolts are tight. 3. Check for Rust Paint any scratches or rusty areas with anti-rust paint. 4. Check the Liner Make sure the top of the liner is still attached to the pool wall with plastic coping. Do not remove the liner from the pool. Removal of the liner will void the existing warranty. Do not drain all the water from the pool for the winter. 5. inding Leaks Make sure the liner has no leaks. Check the liner for leaks and repair any holes with a vinyl patch. Leaks in the winter can cause severe damage to your pool. Continued next page 1-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

189 Remember: ailure to install the pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with theses instructions, may void the pool warranty. 6. Pool Accessories Remove all pool accessories from the pool, including the ladder. Leave the skimmer and filter parts attached to the pool wall. Ensure that the skimmer lid is installed and the opening at the bottom of the skimmer is open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. 7. The ilter Disconnect the filter from the pool. ollow the filter directions for winterizing your filter. Important Winterizing Notice All Pools: The water level must be maintained at least 3 below the skimmer opening throughout the winter. Surplus water must be removed by pumping, draining or siphoning so that it doesn t enter the skimmer during the winter. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. The opening at the bottom of the skimmer MUST be kept open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. Pools with 12 skimmers: In addition to the above, the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) must be inserted into the 12 skimmer (see illustration below) ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedure, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. The Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) is also available from your pool dealer. All Pools: Do not attach the pool cover to the top rails, connectors or any part of the skimmer. 12 Wide Mouth Skimmer Maintain water level at least 3 below skimmer opening throughout the winter 3 Pool Wintering Kit Insert the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) into the skimmer until it fits flush with the skimmer flange. On some skimmers, it may be necessary to trim the foam to make a friction fit and/or use a wooden wedge to keep it in place during the winter. 1-8 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

190 SECTION 2 Note: If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down. Hint: Bend the first 1/8" (3 mm) of the end of the bottom rail slightly with a pair of pliers to make sure the rail doesn t slide out of the base plate when the pool wall is installed. Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. Pools with a styrofoam layer must still have a cove. Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base A. Assemble your Pool Base Lay out the Base Plates and Bottom Rails a. This step is optional: Place sheets of 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick Styrofoam on the ground over the complete area where the pool is to be constructed. Place the bottom rails and base plates on top of the Styrofoam. Do not leave any gaps between the ends of the bottom rails. Using the inside face of the base rail as a cutting line, cut the Styrofoam with a knife. Prior to removing the Styrofoam from inside of the pool perimeter, number each piece with a marker to make reassembling them fast and easy. Remove all of the Styrofoam from under the base plates and from inside of the pool (the Styrofoam trimmed off outside the rails can be discarded). Neatly stack the Styrofoam removed from inside of the pool it will be required later after the pool wall has been installed in Section 3, not before. b. Place the base plates equally spaced around the perimeter of your foundation. If you are using the optional patio stones, place one base plate on each stone. c. Slide the curved bottom rails together with the base plates. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the bottom rails. 2. Spread out Brick Sand 1 a. Spread a layer of fine brick sand (no pebbles) over the foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a, but you must wait until the pool wall has been installed (Section 3) before using this option. When you reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool, join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam B Part No rev. 0 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

191 SECTION 3 Hint: Bring the following items onto the pool foundation before you start uncoiling the pool wall: the pool liner, some extra brick sand to make the cove in Step 5, and a ladder to climb out after the wall is assembled. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for a calm day. Remember: For best results, mount the skimmer on the downwind side of the pool (that is, directly across from the most common wind direction). Wind Locate the skimmer on this side Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner A. Assemble your Pool Wall This section is for Round and Oval pools (Round pools are shown). 1. Set the Pool Wall in place a. Wait for a calm day. Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. b. Unpackage the coiled pool wall and stand it on a piece of cardboard or plywood at the centre of the pool. The cut-outs for the through-thewall skimmer should be towards the top of the wall. Look for a THIS WAY UP label and arrow. c. Start uncoiling the wall, guiding the bottom edge into the curved bottom rail. The starting end of the wall must be positioned over a base plate, and the skimmer and return holes should be positioned where the pump and filter will be. d. Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. Make sure the gap is directly above the base plate (this applies to round pools, oval pools and Gibraltar Style pools). (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) (Retainer for beaded liner only) 3-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

192 e. Work around the foundation until the entire pool wall is uncoiled into the bottom rails and the top edge is covered with slotted tubes and connectors (and beaded liner retainers if you have a beaded pool liner). Hint: Stick a screwdriver through two of the holes to help line up the ends of the wall. 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall a. Line up the holes in the two ends of the pool wall. 5 b. To line up the holes, make the circle bigger or smaller by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 6 Remember: The bolt heads must be toward the inside of the pool. Cover the bolt heads with duct tape. c. Join the ends of the pool wall with a bolt and nut through each hole. Place each bolt head towards the inside of the pool and each nut towards the outside. d. Tighten each bolt and nut securely. 7 e. Cover the seam and bolt heads on the inside of the pool wall completely with 2" (50 mm) duct tape No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

193 Caution: The pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter. A pool that is not level is dangerous and may collapse. 3. Make sure the Pool Wall is Level a. Use a length of string and a line-level to check across the top edge of the pool wall to see if it is level. Check the wall in several different directions. The wall must be level. If the level is off by more than 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool, take the wall apart and level the foundation again Make sure the Pool Wall is Round a. Using a tape measure, measure across the circle at each base plate. The pool wall must be round within 1" (25 mm) (all of the measurements must be within 1" (25 mm) of each other). Adjust the circle by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 11 b. Adjusting the pool to the proper shape may cause the base rails and base plates to slip out of alignment a little. Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred where the base rails meet Install the Styrofoam Sheets (optional) a. If you chose the option of using Styrofoam instead of brick sand, you can now install the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a. Reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed in Section 3 before installing the Styrofoam. 3-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

194 Remember: The cove is an important part of the pool structure. Take your time to make a complete, full-size cove. Caution: The Wall-Saver gasket is important for protection against corrosion. Failure to install this gasket properly on the cutout for 6" or 12" skimmers may void the warranty of your pool wall. If the gasket is damaged, get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall- Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. Hint: If possible, unfold the liner on the grass one to two hours before installation. Be careful not to leave the liner too long or you may damage the grass. 6. Make a Cove a. Make a curved cove about 6" (15 cm) high and 8" (20 cm) wide all around the bottom of the pool wall on the inside. b. Use fine earth or brick sand to make the cove, and pack it firmly into shape. 7. Install the Wall-Saver Gasket a. The Wall-Saver gasket provides a water-tight seal around the skimmer cut-out for the through-the-wall skimmer. Gently spread apart the two layers of the gasket and insert it into the skimmer cutout so that it sandwiches the wall. Be very careful not to tear or damage the seam in the gasket or the gasket may leak. Take extra care not to cut or damage the gasket when you are installing the skimmer later. If the gasket is damaged, you must get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall-Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. B. Install your Pool Liner 1. Set the liner in place a. Open the carton. Do not use anything sharp to open the carton. b. Unpack and unfold the liner and spread it out in the sun to warm it up. Inspect all the seams and surfaces for holes No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

195 Hint: To smooth out the wrinkles in step 2(c), use a vacuum cleaner: block the skimmer outlet with cardboard and tape and put the vacuum hose through the skimmer return hole, between the liner and pool wall. Seal the hole with tape and keep the hose 4" to 6" (10 to 15 cm) above the sand cove so you don t suck up any sand. Start the vacuum and run it until most of the wrinkles are gone. Then, stop the vacuum and add 1" (2.5 cm) of water to the pool. Finally, remove the vacuum hose and unplug the skimmer hole. c. Spread out the liner. Follow the instructions supplied with the liner for the correct orientation of the smooth side. The curved seam should be centred on the cove at the base of the wall. The other seams will form straight lines across the bottom of the pool. d. Smooth out all the wrinkles in the bottom. 2. Fasten the Liner in place (Overlap Liner only) This step applies only if you have an Overlap Liner. See the next page if you have a Beaded Liner or V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and drape them over the top of the pool wall. If you have a 52" (132 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 2" (5 cm) overhang; if you have a 48" (122 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 6" (15 cm) overhang. b. Fasten the liner to the top of the wall with plastic coping. Let the liner hang slack for now. Do not pull the liner tight. c. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Remove the plastic coping around the top edge of the wall one piece at a time and adjust the liner. Keep smoothing out the wrinkles Remember: Do not trim off the excess liner. (If the liner ever needs to be removed, trimming the liner will make re-installation very difficult.) Instead, roll up any excess liner and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. 3. Trim the Plastic Coping and Roll Up the Excess Liner a. After all the wrinkles in the liner are removed, trim any extra length of plastic coping so there is no overlap. b. Roll up any excess liner hanging below the plastic coping and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. Important: Do not trim off the excess liner No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

196 4. Fasten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) This step applies only if you have a Beaded Liner. See the previous page if you have an Overlap Liner or below if you have a V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. b. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Oval System, refer to page 2-5 or 2-6, step 2 in the manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. 6. Proceed to Section 4 a. Continue with Section 4 to finish assembling your pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

197 SECTION 4 Pool Component Installation Manual Installing the Top Rails & Verticals A. Attach your Verticals and Top Rails 1. Continue filling your Pool a. Continue filling your pool with water. Do not put in more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the top rails and vertical columns are all attached. b. Keep working on the top rails and vertical columns while the pool fills. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the verticals, top rails and top connectors. 2. Install the Vertical Columns a. Line up the bottom of one vertical column (key 1) with the two small tabs on one base plate (key 2). The tabs must be on the inside of the vertical column. The end of the vertical with three holes must be nearest the top and the end with two holes nearest the bottom b. Line up the screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw (key 3) on each side. 1 c. Hook a top plate (key 4) over the top edge of the pool wall (key 5). Place the top plate down over the top of the vertical column with the tabs on the outside of the column. Make sure the vertical column is straight up and down.! Hint: Use the ridges in the pool wall to make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. d. Line up the oval screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw on each side and one on the front (key 3). e. Repeat the last four steps for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

198 Overview of Vertical, Top Rail and Top Connector Assembly No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

199 ! Note: Failure to install the spacer will damage the top rails during the installation process. 3. Install the Top Rails a. IMPORTANT: For round pools and round ends of ovals pools. The letter 'A' on the spacer (key 6) must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so that the holes in the spacer are over the 'A' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram 3. b. IMPORTANT: For oval pools only. At the buttresses the letter 'B' on the spacer must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so 3 that the holes in the spacer are over the 'B' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram c. Place a top rail (key 7) with one end on top of the top plate and spacer. The side of the top rail facing the centre of the pool is shorter than the side facing the outside of the pool. The side of the top rail 4 facing the outside of the pool will form a large overhang as shown in diagram d. Line up the holes as shown. Fasten through the two oval holes into the holes in the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 3). Do not tighten the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place. 7 e. Repeat step (e) for the other end of the top rail. f. Repeat steps (a) to (f) to install the rest of the top rails around the top of the pool wall. 5 g. Make the pool settle into a perfect circle by pushing the top of the pool wall vigorously inward at each vertical (this will help make the bottom of the pool wall shift into a perfect circle). h. Adjust all the top rails to line up evenly with each other and tighten all the screws. 6 PUSH VIGOROUSLY 4-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

200 4. Install the Top Connectors a. Line up the inner half of a two-piece connector (key 8) above the ends of two top rails. 3 b. Hook the top connector under the inside edges of the top rails. 8 c. Bring the top connector down into place and fasten it with one self-tapping screw (key 3) into the top plate below. 9 d. Slide the outer half of the top connector (key 9) into place on the inner half. 7 3 e. Line up one screw hole to the side of the vertical column as shown in diagram 8. Fasten them togehter with a selftapping screw (key 3). Repeat this to the other side of the connector. Tighten the screws. f. First insert the small tab on the right of the logo insert (key 10) into the small opening on the top of the connector designed for the logo insert. Bend the insert slightly and insert the large tab on the left into the large opening across from the small opening on top of the connector. Press down on the insert to ensure a proper fit g. Repeat the last six steps for the rest of the top connectors. 5. Install the Foot Cover a. Place the foot cover on top of the base plate (key 11). Slide the foot cover towards the pool wall until the side clips and front clip snap into the slots in the vertical column (key 1). Important: Ensure that the side clips snap into the slots on the sides of the vertical No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

201 ! Hint: In step 5(b), push the sides of the foot cover inward while you slide the cover into place, to make sure the two side clips snap into the slots. b. Repeat the last step for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall. 11 B. Fill your Pool with Water 1. Finish filling the pool a. Fill the pool with water to 2" (5 cm) below the lowest opening. Next, follow the installation instructions for your skimmer.! Important: The pool wall may bulge and shift a little while filling with water. This is normal. Caution: Before anyone uses your pool, read and follow all the Safety Rules in Section 1. This pool is not for diving or jumping. 4-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

202 Additional Installation Information Important Read Me First For Round Pools SECTION 2 Round Pools Part No rev. 0 Assembling the Pool Base When you come to Section 2, page 2-1 in the Pool Frame Installation Manual, REPLACE Step 1 with the following: 1. Lay out the Base Plates and Bottom Rails a. This step is optional: Place sheets of 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick Styrofoam on the ground first. Place the bottom rails and base plates on top of the Styrofoam. Do not leave any gaps between the ends of the bottom rails. Using the inside face of the base rail as a cutting line, cut out the Styrofoam with a knife. Prior to removing the Styrofoam from inside of the pool perimeter, number each piece with a marker to make reassembling them fast and easy. Remove all of the Styrofoam from under the 1 1/4 (6 mm) gaps base plates and from inside of the pool (the Styrofoam trimmed off outside the rails can be discarded). Neatly stack the Styrofoam removed from inside of the pool it will be required later after the pool wall has been installed in Section 3, not before. b. Place the base plates equally spaced around the perimeter of your foundation. If you are using the optional patio stones, place one base plate on each stone. c. Slide the curved bottom rails together with the base plates. Leave a 1/4" (6 mm) gap between the end of each bottom rail and the rail stop in the middle of the base plate (diagrams 2, 3 and 4). 1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

203 54" WALL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS These instructions are in addition to those for installing the pool wall contained in your installation manual. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for a calm day before proceeding with rolling out the wall. Allow enough time for assembling the wall, installing the liner and filling with at least 12" of water. You will require 3 to 4 people to help unroll the wall and assemble the stabilizer slotted tube and the joint hardware. Instructions: 1. Determine the desired location for your filter system and the best position for the skimmer and return holes. Note: For best results in performance, the skimmer should be mounted directly across from the most commonly found side of prevailing winds. On oval pools, the skimmer must be located at one of the round ends, not on a straight side. 2. Start at the first base plate nearest to the desired skimmer location. Center the end of the wall over the base plate so that it will be hidden behind the vertical column of the frame when finished. For larger pools with two piece walls, ensure that the opposite joint is also centered over a base plate. Roll out the wall as shown in your installation manual. Caution! The wall joint is a very important part of the structure of the pool. Do not deviate from these instructions or use any substitute materials or hardware because the warranty of the pool may be effected. 3. Align the holes at the ends of the wall. 4. On each side of the wall joint align the reinforcing bars with the holes in the wall as illustrated below. Install all the bolts and nuts securely, do not over tighten the bolts. The heads of the bolts must be on the inside of the wall and the nuts on the outside. 5. Cover the bolt heads on the inside of the wall with thick adhesive tape to protect the liner from damage. 6. Continue with your instruction manual to complete the rest of the pool installation. Inside of Pool Reinforcing Bar Pool wall Pool wall Reinforcing Bar Wall bolt Nut REV. 0

204 Additional Installation Information Important Read Me First Round and Oval Pools o Part No rev. 1 For Round and Oval Pools (for V-Bead and J-Bead Hung Liners) SECTION 3 Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner When you come to Part B, replace Steps 2, 3 and 4 with the following: 2. Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead or J-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead or J-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead or J-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Gibraltar Oval System, refer to page 2-6, step 2 in the Gibraltar manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Hint: Use a vacuum cleaner to help remove the wrinkles; see the hint in Section 3, Part B of the instruction manual to see how this is done. 3. Add Tube Spacer (Gibraltar Oval System only) This step applies only if your pool uses the Gibraltar Oval System. If your pool does not use this system, continue with step 5 in the main manual. a. At the top of each buttress, make sure the distance between the ends of the slotted tubes on the top edge of the wall is 4" (10 cm). Insert the plastic tube (key A) into the inside of the slotted tubes (key B) to fill the 4" (10 cm) space. The plastic tubes are inserted only in the spaces along the straight sides of the pool where the buttresses are located, not around the round ends of the pool. Make sure the plastic tubes are correctly installed or else when you install the top plates later, they will not fit properly. b. Where there are no buttresses installed, the space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached should be about 1/2" (13 mm). c. Before proceeding, make sure the pool liner is completely installed and all of the slotted tubes and connectors are back in place. 1 2 V-Bead or J-Bead Liner 3 A 4 (10 cm) B buttress B 1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

205 This manual must be left with the pool owner Pool Component Installation SECTION 1 Manual General Instructions Safety Rules For Pool Owners Gibraltar Oval Pools Part No rev. 0 Your pool contains a large quantity of water, and is deep enough to present inherent dangers to life and health unless the following safety rules are strictly observed. Firsttime users run the highest risk of injury. Make sure everyone understands all safety rules before entering the pool. Post NO DIVING and NO JUMPING signs beside the pool. For additional safety information please read the enclosed booklet The Sensible Way To Enjoy Your Aboveground/Onground Swimming Pool. 1. No Jumping or Diving The top rail of your pool is not a walkway and must not be used for jumping or diving. Do not permit jumping or diving into the pool from a deck or the top rail of the pool. Diving or jumping into the pool can result in serious injury. 2. Never use the Pool Alone Never permit the pool to be used unless it is attended by at least one person other than the bather. Someone should always be available to lend assistance in an emergency. 3. Never Leave Children Unattended Never leave a child alone and unsupervised in or near the pool not even for a second. There is no substitute for constant adult supervision. 4. No Rough-housing Do not permit rough-housing in and around your pool. Surfaces can become slippery and hazardous when wet. 5. Light the Pool at Night If the pool is used after dusk, adequate lighting must be provided. Illumination in the pool area must be sufficient to clearly judge pool depth and all features in and around the pool. For lighting recommendations, consult your local licensed electrical contractor. 6. Restrict Access to the Pool Do not leave chairs or other furniture beside the pool that could be used by a child to climb up into the pool. Ladders must be removed whenever the pool is unattended. A fence with a lockable gate around the pool or yard is strongly recommended and may be required by law in some jurisdictions. 7. No Alcohol or Drugs The use of alcohol or drugs does not mix with pool activities. Persons who have been drinking alcohol or using any drugs should not be allowed in the pool, and should be carefully supervised in the surrounding area. 8. Keep Your Pool Clean and Sanitary Your filter system will remove suspended particles from the water and the surface skimmer will remove insects, leaves and other debris from the water surface. Use the correct pool chemicals as directed to destroy harmful bacteria and prevent formation of algae. Remember, unsanitary water is a serious health hazard. 1-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

206 A. Introduction to Installing your Pool Read all instructions completely before you begin. These instructions explain how to install your pool. Simply follow the stepby-step directions. Start with this part, SECTION 1 and use the other instructions, SECTION 2 to 4 to put together your entire pool. SECTIONS 1, 2 and 3 have information for several different pool sizes and styles; follow the instructions carefully to make sure you use the information that apply to your specific pool. SECTION 1 also has Safety Rules and instructions to help you keep your pool clean and in good shape, year after year. Be sure to read the Safety Rules, and make sure everyone who uses your pool reads and understands them. B. Determine a Location for your Pool! Important Note: Ground preparation is one of the most important steps in the installation process. A proper foundation will ensure the rest of the pool assembly goes smoothly and that no problems will occur when the pool is filled with water. Open all of the frame cartons and read all of the instructions before you begin. Be sure to read Section 2 and get a complete overview of the pool base and buttress assembly before starting the ground preparation. 1. The Terrain Pay special attention to choosing the right location for your pool: ï Choose a large area, as flat and level as possible. ï Choose a spot on dry, firm earthódo not install the pool on concrete, asphalt, tar paper, sand, gravel, peat moss, wood or chemically treated soil. ï Check with your pool dealer to see if Nut Grass grows in your area. This type of grass may grow up through your pool liner. Your dealer will be able to advise how best to treat the site. ï Sloped areas will need to be made level by digging away high spots, not by filling low spotsóbe prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if necessary No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

207 ! Important: When locating the centreline of the pool, be sure to take into consideration any structures (deck, patio, house) or relevant items (change rooms, gazebo, etc.) that the pool may need to line up with and ensure that the pool is in the most visual pleasing location for your property. 2. Things to Avoid Do not locate your pool near or on any of the following: ï Overhanging tree branches. ï Overhead wires, clotheslines. ï Buried pipes and wiresócontact your gas, electric and telephone utilities to find buried pipes and wires before you dig. ï Hilly and uneven terrain. ï Areas with poor drainage. ï Grass, stones and roots. Grass will rot underneath the pool liner, and stones and roots will damage the pool liner ï Areas recently treated with oil-based weed killers, chemicals or fertilizers. 3. Plan Ahead ï Will you be adding an adjacent deck later? Be sure to leave room. ï Will you be using pool accessories or other appliances that need electricity or gas? Locate your pool near these services or plan to have them installed later by a licensed contractor. C. Prepare the Foundation of your Pool 1. Choose the Correct Ground Preparation Drawing a. Choose the drawing that matches your pool size from the five plan drawings below. This drawing will have all of the necessary dimensions for the ground preparation instructions that follow. K M N P J 15 x 30 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 90" (229 cm) 102" (259 cm) 90" (229 cm) 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 180" (457 cm) 114" (290 cm) 90" (229 cm) 127-1/4" (323 cm) 145-1/4" (369 cm) S R G X D H B Y L C Z F A E I W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches Pool Wall Clearance Area 1-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

208 12 x 18 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M P W X Y Z 72" (183 cm) 84" (213 cm) 36" (91 cm) 36" (91 cm) 72" (183 cm) 96" (244 cm) 72" (183 cm) 80-1/2" (204 cm) 102-1/2" (260 cm) S R K G X M Y B L P C Z J F A W Centreline Centre Point Pool Wall 12 x 24 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 15 x 24 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 72" (183 cm) 84" (213 cm) 72" (183 cm) 24" (61 cm) 48" (122 cm) 144" (366 cm) 96" (244 cm) 72" (183 cm) 101-3/4" (258 cm) 120" (305 cm) 90" (229 cm) 102" (259 cm) 54" (137 cm) 30" (76 cm) 48" (122 cm) 108" (274 cm) 114" (290 cm) 90" (229 cm) 105" (267 cm) 126-1/8" (320 cm) S S R R K G X D H M B K G X D H N Y L M Y B L P C P N C Z Z E I J F A J F A E I W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches W Centreline Centre Point Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches Pool Wall Pool Wall D H E I Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches 1-4 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

209 18 x 33 Oval Pool Dimensions R S L M N P W X Y Z 108" (274 cm) 120" (305 cm) 90" (229 cm) 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 180" (457 cm) 132" (335 cm) 108" (274 cm) 140-5/8" (357 cm) 159-3/4" (406 cm) S R K G X B M Y L N P C Z J F A W Centreline Centre Point! Important: Determine the location of your pool. Make sure you have the proper distances away from any adjacent structures (i.e. fences, house etc.). Contact local authorities for this information and any additional requirements governing the installation of a pool in your area. By using the distances provided by local authorities and adding them to dimension S from the drawings above, you can calculate the location of the centreline of the pool. 2. Mark out the Area a. Drive two pegs (A) and (B) into the ground. These pegs will both be on the centreline of your pool. Choose the right distance between them from the chart below. Note: Distance A to B is equal to dimension P on the pool drawings above. Pool Size 12' x 18' 72" (183 cm) 12' x 24' 144" (366 cm) 15' x 24' 108" (274 cm) 15' x 30' 180" (457 cm) 18' x 33' 180" (457 cm) b. Use a length of string tied between peg (A) and a can of spray paint, and mark a circle on the ground. Next, do the same for peg (B). Choose the length of string you need for your pool from the chart on the next page. The circles will be 12" (30 cm) bigger all round than the pool. D H 8 9 E I Pool Area Clearance Area Measuring Stakes Support Trenches Pool Wall Distance between two pegs (A) and (B) Size of foundation area Size of pool B A 12" (30 cm) 1-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

210 Pool Size Length of String 12' x 18' 84" (213 cm) 12' x 24' 84" (213 cm) 15' x 24' 102" (259 cm) 15' x 30' 102" (259 cm) 18' x 33' 120" (305 cm) c. Join the two pegs (A) and (B) with a piece of string. Use this string as a guide to paint your centreline on the ground with the can of spray paint.! 10 Important: Measure carefully to make sure the centre stake (C) is in the correct location, exactly halfway between pegs (A) and (B). You will use stake (C) later as a reference point for other measurements. d. Drive a flat-topped stake (C) exactly halfway between the two pegs (A) and (B) on the centreline. Stake (C) will mark the exact centre point of your pool. The stake must be at least 1" (25 mm) square and 6" (15 cm) long. Drive it down flush with the ground surface. e. Replace the two pegs (A) and (B) with two more flat-topped stakes. Drive them down flush with the ground surface. 11 B C A f. Join the two circles with straight lines to make an oval. Use pegs and a piece of string as a guide for the can of spray paint. C A B No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

211 g. Mark areas along both straight sides of your oval. Use pegs and string as a guide for the can of spray paint to mark straight lines. Use the chart below to find the correct width W from the centreline of the pool. The ends of the side areas should line up squarely with stakes (A) and (B). 13 W B C W A Pool Size 12' x 18' 96" (244 cm) 12' x 24' 96" (244 cm) 15' x 24' 114" (290 cm) 15' x 30' 114" (290 cm) 18' x 33' 132" (335 cm) Distance from Centreline for Side Area W 3. Remove the Sod a. Remove all sod and plants from the area. b. Remove any sticks, stones and roots from the area. C A B 14 Remember: Your pool must be perfectly level. Take the time you need to be sure your foundation is perfectly level. 4. Make the Area Flat and Level a. You will use a 2-by-4 to help level the pool foundation area. Choose the length of straight 2-by-4 you need for your pool from the chart below. Pool Size Length of 2-by-4 12' x 18' 84" (213 cm) 12' x 24' 84" (213 cm) 15' x 24' 102" (259 cm) 15' x 30' 102" (259 cm) 18' x 33' 120" (305 cm) b. Adjust the height of the stake (A, B or C) that is located at the lowest end of the pool area by hammering it down until it is exactly level with the ground. Place a carpenterís level on a 2-by-4 and place the board across the three stakes to make sure the tops are exactly level with each other. Adjust the other two stakes down as needed. 1-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

212 c. Nail one end of the 2-by-4 to the top of the stake where the level of the pool foundation is lowest. Drill a hole for the nail in the centre of the top of the stake first and make the hole big enough so the nail is a little loose and can be removed without moving the stake. Mark the centre of the stake before you drill the hole by marking lines diagonally from opposite corners (see diagram 16). Use a nail long enough to hold the end of the 2-by-4 to the stake while you rotate it in a circle. 15 B Centre of Stake C A Hole 16 17! Hint: Use a surveyorís transit instead of a carpenterís level, if one is available. d. Put a carpenterís level on the 2-by-4 and swing the board in a circle to find the high and low spots. C A B 18 e. Remove all the high spots with a shovel, hoe or rake. Be prepared to hire earth-moving equipment if you need to level a large area. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the pool. If necessary, adjust the height of the stake and keep scraping away soil until the area is level. 19 B C A No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

213 Remember: The outer 12" (30 cm) of the cleared oval area must be perfectly flat. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it. Take the time you need to be sure this area is perfectly flat and level.! Hint: Instead of wooden corner stakes, you can use 12" (30 cm) spikes. f. Do not fill in low areas. Filling will create an unsafe foundation for your pool. Holes from small stones and small dips and hollows may be filled in, but the soil must be hardpacked with a tamping tool. 21 g. Remove the 2-by-4 from the stake and nail it to the next stake on the centreline. h. Repeat the last five steps until the whole oval area is level. Take your time and make sure the area is perfectly level. Remember, your pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the pool. If necessary, adjust the height of each stake and keep scraping away soil until the entire area is level. i. Make the wide areas along the sides of the oval level with the rest of the area. j. Re-check the outer 12" (30 cm) of the round ends, where the pool wall will be, and the areas along the straight sides of the oval. Make sure there are no high or low spots. The bottom edge of the pool must rest flat on the ground and have no gaps under it Add Corner Stakes a. Prepare eight corner stakes (D), (E), (F) & (G), and (H), (I), (J) & (K) by marking the centre point of each stake the same way as in step 4(c). b. Drive the eight corner stakes into the ground. Drive them down flush with the ground surface. Locate each stake exactly by using the measurements for your pool in the chart below. Be sure to measure using the centre point of each stake. c. Tie strings between stakes (H) 23 and (I) and between (J) and (K). Pool Size Distance X Distance Y Distance W Distance Z K 12" (30 cm) 12' x 18' 72" (183 cm) 80-1/2" (204 cm) 96" (244 cm) 102-1/2" (260 cm) 12' x 24' 72" (183 cm) 101-3/4" (258 cm) 96" (244 cm) 120" (305 cm) 15' x 24' 90" (229 cm) 105" (267 cm) 114" (290 cm) 126-1/8" (320 cm) 15' x 30' 90" (229 cm) 127-1/4" (323 cm) 114" (290 cm) 145-1/4" (369 cm) 18' x 33' 108" (274 cm) 140-5/8" (357 cm) 132" (335 cm) 159-3/4" (406 cm) G X J Y B Z B F C D W C A A H E I 1-9 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

214 6. Prepare Buttress Trenches a. Locate the first trench by measuring the distance M from the centre of stake (H) to the centreline of the trench. Use the chart below to find the right distance M for your pool. b. Place a stake in the ground on the edge of the cleared area at distance M, underneath the string added in step 5(c). Pool Size K G Painted centreline of trench 24 Distance from Stake Distance to Trench Centreline between Trenches M N 12' x 18' 36" (91 cm) n/a 12' x 24' 24" (61 cm) 48" (122 cm) 15' x 24' 30" (76 cm) 48" (122 cm) 15' x 30' 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) 18' x 33' 30-1/2" (77 cm) 59-1/2" (151 cm) (n/a = not applicable) J B F C D A H M E I 1-10 c. Repeat steps (a) and (b) to J locate the next trench along F the side of the pool. Measure K the distance N from the A centreline of the first trench to G E C the centreline of the next B trench. Use the chart above to I M find the right distance N for D N your pool. (Important Note: H M The 12 x 18 pool has only one trench per side; the 15 x pool has two trenches per side; the 12 x 24, 15 x 30 and 18 x 33 pools all have three trenches per side.) d. Place another stake in the ground on the edge of the cleared area at distance N, underneath the string added in step 5(c). e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the other side of your pool. f. Tie a string between each pair of stakes on opposite sides of the cleared area (the stakes added in steps (b) and (d), above) to mark the centreline of the trenches. g. Mark the centrelines along each string with the can of spray paint. h. Recheck your measurements. Make sure the distances M and N exactly match the distances given in the chart above (see also diagram 26) and that the centrelines for the trenches are exactly parallel. i. Remove the strings. (Note: Keep the strings. They will be temporarily replaced later, after the trenches are dug out, to help you doublecheck that the trenches are parallel.) No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

215 ! Hint: Crushed limestone or equivalent must be used instead of brick sand or vermiculite to backfill the base U- channels. The level of compaction achieved by using crushed limestone or equivalent is superior to that of brick sand or vermiculite. Caution: Brick sand or vermiculite cannot be used on any part of the buttress installation process. These materials have poor compaction properties that can cause problems with the buttresses after the pool has been filled with water. Caution: Make sure there is adequate drainage in the bottom of each trench and along the sides of the pool area. There must be adequate drainage for a safe and secure pool foundation. j. Carefully dig out each trench. Measure from the centreline painted on the ground and the line between the stakes. Do not dig the trenches too large or too 26 6" (15 cm) 5-1/2" (14 cm) Painted centreline of trench Pool Wall Line: Line between stakes D and E or F and G (N.B. the pool wall will lie on this line) deep; the ground around the edges of each trench must remain firm and undisturbed. k. Temporarily replace the strings removed in step (i) to check that the trenches are exactly parallel. Remove the strings again when you are finished. l. Spread a layer of crushed limestone (or equivalent) 3/4" (19 mm) thick into the bottom of each trench. Pack firmly. m.place a concrete patio stone 12" x 12" square x 2" thick (30 x 30 x 5 cm) into the wide part of each trench, on top of the limestone layer. Make sure it is level and positioned correctly. n. Add another layer of crushed limestone (or equivalent) 1" (25 mm) thick into the bottom of each trench, and around the patio stones. Pack firmly. o. In each trench, measure 32" (81 cm) from the Pool Wall Line to point A. Carefully add more limestone (or equivalent) to the trench to create a slope from point A, exactly up to the top surface of the patio stone. The end of the base U-channel (installed in step 7, on the next page) will line up with point A " (91 cm) 4" (10 cm) to face of patio stone Concrete patio stone 20" (51 cm) 20" (51 cm) Concrete patio stone Concrete patio stone Trench Crushed limestone (or equivalent) base 3/4" (19 mm) in bottom of trench Additional crushed limestone (or equivalent) layer 1" (25 mm) thick Pool Wall Line: Line between stakes D and E or F and G (N.B. the pool wall will lie on this line) A 32" (81 cm) Slope starts here at point A 4" (10 cm) Additional crushed limestone (or equivalent) sloped up to top surface of patio stone 1-11 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

216 ! Hint: Use one end of a 2- by-4 as a tamping tool. Spray the crushed limestone with water before packing it down hard. Important: When you are finished, the long, narrow part of the trench will have a bottom that slopes downward to the centre of the pool. Work very carefully to get the proper angle of slope. This slope allows the buttresses to angle inwards slightly before the pool is filled with water. The sides will become vertical after the pool is filled. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the buttresses, verticals and base rails. 7. Install and Level the Base U-channels a. Place one base U-channel (key 7) into one of the trenches and move it so that the end of the base U-channel is aligned exactly with the back edge of the concrete patio stone Pool Wall Line: Line between stakes D and E or F and G (N.B. the pool wall will lie on this line) A base U-channel 32" (81 cm) patio stone 4" (10 cm) 7! Hint: If you have 48" (122 cm) carpenter s level instead, place the block of wood of dimension C at 45-1/4" (115 cm) from the end of the base U-channel. b. To make sure the base U-channel is at the proper angle, place a small block of wood 22-1/2" (57 cm) from the end of the base U-channel and set a 24" (61 cm) carpenter s level in place with one end aligned with the end of the base U-channel. Adjust the crushed limestone (or equivalent) base as required until the reading is perfectly level (refer to the chart below for dimensions B or C of the small block of wood). Pool Size Pool Wall Line: Line between stakes D and E or F and G (N.B. the pool wall will lie on this line) 24" (61 cm) Carpenter s Level Wooden Block (dim. B) Wooden Block (dim. C) Optional 48" (122 cm) Level Dimensions B 45-1/4" (115 cm) 12' x 18' 3/8" (10 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) 12' x 24' 3/8" (10 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) 15' x 24' 1/2" (13 mm) 1" (25 mm) 15' x 30' 1/2" (13 mm) 1" (25 mm) 18' x 33' 5/8" (16 mm) 1-1/4" (32 mm) C Align end with base U-channel 22-1/2" (57 cm) 1-12 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

217 Parts List and Overview of Buttress Assembly 12 Inside of Pool Key Part Name Part No. Qty. 7 Base U-Channel Upright Channel Inside L Bracket Middle T Bracket Outside T Bracket Hold Down Plate 15" x 30" Strap (pool specific) 13 Curved Bottom Rail (pool specific) 14 Base Plate (pool specific) 15 Left Vertical Clip Right Vertical Clip Vertical (pool specific) 18 Top Plate (pool specific) 30 Strap Bracket Key Part Name Part No. Qty. - Hardware Bag (red) per set of buttresses; each bag contains: 9 1/4"-20NC x 3/4" hex bolt /4"-20NC serrated flange hex nut /8"-16NC x 1" hex bolt /8"-16NC serrated flange hex nut No. 12 x 5/8" self-tapping screw /4"-20NC nut clip No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

218 1-14 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

219 c. Repeat steps (a) and (b) for the rest of the base U-channels and trenches. d. Use the carpenter s level to make sure the point shown in diagram 34 is exactly level with the rest of the cleared area and the base plates (the base plates will be installed in Section 2). If it is not, the base U-channel must be removed and the crushed limestone (or equivalent) and patio stone adjusted. 34 Make sure this point is exactly level with the res of the cleared area Line between stakes D and E or F and G! Hint: Use a saw-horse to support the upright channel while you attach the T-plates. 8. Assemble Buttresses a. Assemble one upright channel (key 1) with two T-plates (key 2 and 3) and one L-plate (key 4) (one each of sizes short, medium and tall) on one side using eight bolts (key 5) and nuts (key 6). The bolt heads should be on the outside of the T- and L-plates and the nuts on the inside of the upright channel. Do not tighten the bolts yet. Be sure to follow the drawing carefully to have the T- and L-plates and upright channel facing the right direction (the T-plates each have a radiussed corner; this radiussed corner must face away from the open side of the upright channel). b. Repeat step (a) for the other side of the upright channel with three more T- and L- plates radiussed corner 1-15 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

220 ! Hint: Lift the base U-channel out of the trench first to fasten it to the vertical U-channel and T-plates. Caution: ailure to properly install and tighten all of the bolts and nuts may void the warranty on your pool. c. Insert the upright channel and T- and L-plate assembly into a base U-channel (key 7). The open side of the upright channel will face toward the inside of the pool. Line up the holes and 36 carpenter s square tighten these eight bolts first on each side of upright channel tighten these four bolts second on each side base of U-Channel tighten these six bolts last on each side base of U-Channel fasten withtwenty bolts (key 5) and nuts (key 6). Do not tighten the bolts yet. d. Make sure there is approximately 1/16" (2 mm) gap under the tab at the bottom of each vertical U- channel so the bottom rails slide on easily push the L and T plates against the upright channel while tightening the bolts 1/16" (2 mm) gap! Hint: After step 9(b) return to page 1-15 and repeat step 7(d) once more. Use the carpenter s level to make sure the point shown in diagram 34 is exactly level with the rest of the cleared area and the base plates. If it is not, the base U-channel must be removed and the crushed limestone (or equivalent) and patio stone adjusted. 37 e. irst, tighten the eight bolts and nuts on each side of the upright channel. Second, tighten the four bolts and nuts on each side of the base U- channel. Lastly, tighten all the rest of the bolts and nuts (see diagram 36). Important: for a proper fit, you must push the T- and L-plates against the upright channel while tightening the bolts and nuts (see diagram 36). Use a carpenter s square to make sure the upright channel and the base U-channel are exactly right-angles to each other as you tighten the bolts and nuts. f. Make sure the buttress assembly is returned to the correct position in the trench with the end of the base U-channel aligned exactly with the back edge of the concrete patio stone (see step 7(a)). The buttress may need to be propped upright to prevent it from falling over while the rest of the pool is assembled. g. Repeat steps (a) to (f) for the rest of the upright and base U-channels. 9 ill the Base U-channels a. Tie strings between stakes (D) and (E) and between ( ) and (G). These will be used as a reference to make sure the base channels are exactly lined up with each other. Stand at each corner of the pool and check the alignment of the base channels with the strings No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

221 ! Hint: Use one end of a 2- by-4 as a tamping tool. Spray the crushed limestone with water before packing it down hard. b. Jump to Section 2 and complete steps 1(a) and (b). This will allow you to install the bottom buttress rails, ensuring the correct distance between the buttresses before the trenches are filled in. Important: complete only steps 1(a) and (b) for now, and then continue with step 9(c) below; you will complete the rest of Section 2 later. 38 Curved bottom buttress rail must be installed between buttresses! Hint: Crushed limestone or equivalent must be used instead of brick sand or vermiculite to backfill the base U- channels. The level of compaction achieved by using crushed limestone or equivalent is superior to that of brick sand or vermiculite. Caution: Brick sand or vermiculite cannot be used on any part of the buttress installation process. These materials have poor compaction properties that can cause problems with the buttresses after the pool has been filled with water. c. ill the base U-channels and the trenches they sit in with crushed limestone (or equivalent). ill them up to the top edges of the base U-channels. If the limestone is dry spray it with some water to help with the compaction. Stand on the base U-channel and tamp down the limestone until a solid base is achieved (by standing on the base U-channel your weight helps prevent the base U-channel from moving). Add additional limestone as required. Make sure the space under the end of the base U-channel is completely filled with crushed limstone (or equivalent) (see diagram 40). d. Recheck the distances between the base U-channels and make any adjustments you need to make sure the spacing is exactly right (refer to page 1-10, Step 6 for measurements). 10. Install Straps, Strap Brackets and Hold Down Plates a. Gently flatten any kinks or bends out of the straps. b. Dig out the area between and to the sides of the base U-channels, down to a level exactly even with the tops of each base U-channel and 16" (41 cm) beyond the sides of each base U-channel. c. Dig a shallow trench, 3" (8 cm) wide and approximately 1-1/2" (4 cm) deep for each strap (make the trench as deep as the top of the base U-channel), aligned with the centreline of the trench, from one side of the pool to the other hard-packed crushed limestone base U-channel Make sure the space under the end of the base U-channel is completely filled with crushed limestone (or equivalent) 16" (41 cm) 1-17 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

222 d. Using a straight edge (you can Use a hold down plate to drag use one of the hold down the area to either side of the base U-channel smooth and level plates), drag along the top edge of the base channel to ensure the ground is level to the base U-channel. If it is not level, spread some crushed limestone on the ground. Stand Stand on the base U-channel on the base U-channel and tamp it down hard with a tamping tool. Verify the ground is level to the base U-channel 42 by running the straight edge along the top edge of the base U-channel again. Repeat this step until the ground is level. e. Slide four nut-clips (key 24) onto one end of the base channel assembly (see diagram 43) so they line up over the holes in the base channel. The threaded parts of the nut-clips should point down. 24! Important: ailure to properly compact this material may result in the crushed limestone being compacted instead by the weight of the water after the pool is filled, resulting in indentations in the bottom of the pool. f. Join one end of a strap (key 8) to a strap bracket (key 30). The strap should be on top of the strap bracket. Line up the holes (be sure to use the holes shown in diagram 44) and fasten together with four hex head bolts (key 9) and four nuts (key 10). The bolt heads must be on the top and the nuts underneath. Tighten the bolts. g. Line up the holes in the strap bracket (be sure to use the holes shown in diagram 45) with the nut clips (key 24) at the end of the base U-channel (key 7) and fasten together with four hex head bolts (key 9) Tighten the bolts snuggly but do not overtighten. h. Repeat steps (d to g) for the corresponding strap and strap bracket on the opposite side of the pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

223 i. Spread 3/4 (19 mm) of crushed limestone (or equivalent) over the dug out area for the hold down plate 46 Hold down plate 11 closest to the centre of the pool. Do not spread any material over the top of the base U- channel. Place the hold down plate as shown in diagram 47 on top of the crushed limestone. Begin shifting the hold down plate in a forwards and backwards motion (see diagram 49), while simultaneously applying a downward force on the hold down plate until the plate rests on top of the base U-channel. Check to see that the outside ends of the hold down plate have filled with material, and insert material into any open areas until they are full. This will prevent any low spots from forming around the hold down plates when the pool is filled with water. Important: make sure each entire hold down plate lies completely flat in the area dug out in step 10(b) above. The hold down plate must lie flat or it may lift and damage the pool liner after the pool is filled with water Hard-packed crushed limestone base U-channel Hold down plates must lie flat in bottom of dug out area Dug out area for hold down plate shift the hold down plate back and forth to make it settle No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

224 ! Hint: When lining up the holes in the base U-channel and the first hold down plate, ensure the bolt heads in the strap bracket are in the first two grooves of the hold down plate. Hold down plate Strap Strap Bracket Bolt heads Base channel j. Line up the holes in the hold down plate (be sure to use the holes shown in diagram 50) with the holes in the base U- Channel (key 7) and fasten with two self-tapping screws (key 12). k. The hold down plates are installed on the base U-channels in pairs. Repeat steps (i) and (j) for the second hold down plate (key 11) on the base U-channel (key 7). Set the second plate so the flange overlaps the first hold down plate. Line up the holes in the hold down plate and base channel (see diagram 52) and fasten with two self tapping screws (key 12). Tighten all of the screws. l. Repeat steps (i to k) on the opposite side of the pool set the second hold down plate so the flanges overlap No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

225 m.join the two straps already installed with any additional straps (key 8) together to make fulllength straps, joining the two sides of the pool (Note: the 12 x 18 and 12 x 24 pools do not have any additional straps). Line up the holes and fasten together with four bolts (key 9) and four serrated nuts (key 10). The bolt heads must be on the top and the nuts underneath. Tighten the bolts n. Repeat steps (b) through (m) for the rest of the buttresses and hold down plates. Tighten all of the bolts and screws. 11. Remove the strings and stakes a. Make sure all of the strings and stakes (except stakes (A) and (B)) are removed from the entire pool area and fill in any holes with crushed limestone (or equivalent). Leave stakes (A) and (B) in place for now; they will be used later to centre the pool wall No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

226 SECTION 2 Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base & Side Buttresses 1. Install the Curved Bottom Rails a. Each pool uses two, three or four different types of curved bottom rails (key 13). The rails are colour coded or stamped with a part number. Use the chart below to choose the types and quantities of bottom rails for your pool (part numbers are shown in brackets under each colour). Pool Size Quantity and Colour Code (with part numbers.) Buttress Rail Transition Rail A Transition Rail B End Rail 12' x 18' n/a 4 yellow n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 12' x 24' 4 white 4 blue n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 24' 2 white 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 30' 4 green 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 18' x 33' 4 green 4 green 4 green 6 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (n/a = not applicable; plain = no colour code) The 18 x 33 pool is the only size that uses all four types of rails. Diagram 1 shows the locations for each type. Buttresses Transition A rail Transition B rail End rails Transition B rail Buttress rails Transition A rail No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

227 ! Hint: When measuring the distance to the face of each base plate, use a piece of string longer than required and place a mark on the string at the required distance.! Hint: Bend the first 1/8" (3 mm) of the end of the bottom rail slightly with a pair of pliers to make sure the rail doesn t slide out of the base plate when the pool wall is installed. 2-2 b. Insert the buttress rails between the buttresses (if you have a 12 x 18 pool, skip step (b) and go to step (c)). The bottom rails insert into the notch in the upright channel. Make sure the groove faces up. c. Insert the transition A rails (key 13). Slide one end of each rail into the notch in the upright channel (see diagrams 3 and 4) and slide the other end together with a base plate (key 14) (see diagrams 8, 9 and 10). Important: make sure you slide the rail into the notch so the closed, square part of the rail is in the notch, not the open groove part of the rail (see diagrams 5 & 6). d. Slide the other end of the transition A rail together with a base plate (key 14). e. If you have an 18 x 33 pool, insert the transition B rails (if you have any other size pool, skip to step (f)). Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the rails (see diagram 1 on the previous page for the 18 x 33 pool). f. Lay out the end rails and base plates on both rounds ends of the pool area. Using a piece of string attached to the centre of stake (A), measure the distance to the face of each base plate and make sure it is the same as dimension R (see pages 1-3 through 1-5). (Note: this step will not work on the buttress rails or transition rails.) g. Insert the end rails. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the rails No Diving or Jumping No Yes 1/2" (13 mm) gap 10 Observe all Safety Rules.

228 ! Note: If you want, the patio stones around the round ends of the pool may be round instead of square, or they can be left out completely. The patio stones in the trenches under the buttresses along the straight sides must be used, even if you don t have them on the round ends. If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down.! Hint: Put duct tape along the top edge of the buttress so there are no exposed edges that might tear the pool liner or scratch the pool wall. h. Optional concrete patio stones may also be used under each base plate on the round ends of your pool. Patio stones 12" (30 cm) square or larger will do. They must be sunk into the ground so the tops are flush with the soil around them. Use 11 the carpenter s level to make sure the patio stones are perfectly level and flush with the ground. Use the carpenter s level and a 2-by-4 between patio stones to make sure the stones are level with each other. i. Use a carpenter s level as you install each curved bottom rail to make sure it is level. j. Remove all the wooden stakes from the ground. 2. Install Vertical Clips a. The vertical clips (key 15 and 16) are supplied joined together in left-hand and righthand pairs. Bend the clips along the centre seam to snap them apart. b. asten the left-hand vertical clip (key 15) with two self-tapping screws (key 12) to the base U-channel. (Note: the lefthand vertical clip is on the left when you are facing toward the centre of the pool.) Important: be sure to use the pair of holes in the vertical clip as shown in diagram 15, and use the profiles of the vertical in diagram 16 to identify which pool you have. If your vertical profile matches either profile X or Y, use the pair of holes marked B; all other pools use the pair of holes marked A. c. Tighten the screws. d. Repeat steps (b) and (c) for the right-hand vertical clip (key 16) e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) for the rest of the buttresses A B vertical profile X vertical profile Y No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

229 Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. 3. Spread out Brick Sand a. Make sure any screw or bolt heads that are to be covered with sand or styrofoam are covered with duct tape first. b. ill in all of the trenches completely with crushed limestone. c. Spread a layer of fine brick sand (no pebbles) over the 17 foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make thbrick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick sheets of styrofoam. Cut the sheets to fit. Remove the Styrofoam until the wall is installed. Reinstall the styrofoam sheets and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed before installing the Styrofoam. 4. Proceed to Section 3 a. Continue with Section 3 to assemble your pool. Important: read the Additional Installation Information below before proceeding with the instructions in Sections 3 and 4. b. The last three pages of Section 2 contain information you must use after you finish assembling your pool. Additional Installation Information for Section 3 When you come to Section 3, Part A, add the following steps: Remember: Do not fill the pool with more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the vertical columns and the top rails are all attached. a. It is important that the pool wall be evenly distributed at both ends of the pool to ensure that all the top rails fit. As the wall is uncoiled and placed into the bottom rails it is important to maintain approximately 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the bottom rails or the top rails may not fit. b. After the wall is installed, go around the entire pool and make sure all the gaps between the bottom rails are equal in size (the gaps may each finish slightly smaller or larger than 1/2" (13 mm), depending on your pool size). Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred between the base rails. c. After the pool wall has been installed, reconfirm distances to the base plates. Make sure the round ends of the pool have been properly located or the pool wall will not be symmetrical. 2-4 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

230 When you come to Section 3, Part A, replace Step 1(d) with the following:! Hint: Using a 2" (5 cm) piece of duct tape, tape the ends of the 6" (15 cm) metal slotted tube connector over the slotted tubes and onto the pool wall. This will prevent the slotted tubes from moving during liner installation.! Hint: Use duct tape at the top of each buttress to temporarily hold the pool wall from falling in before it is properly fastened in place. 1. Set the Pool Wall in place d. The slotted tubes are colour coded or stamped with a part number. Use the chart below to choose the types and quantities of slotted tubes for your pool (part nos. are shown in brackets under each colour). Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) Pool Size Quantity and Colour Code (with part nos.) Buttress Tube Transition Tube A Transition Tube B End Tube 12' x 18' n/a 4 yellow n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 12 x 24 4 white 4 blue n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15 x 24 2 white 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 15 x 30 4 green 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) 18 x 33 4 green 4 green 4 green 6 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (n/a = not applicable; plain = no colour code) When you come to Section 3, STEP 6, insert the following extra steps 2(f), (g) and (h) after step 2(e):! Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. The 18 x 33 pool is the only size that uses all four types of slotted tubes. Diagram 18 shows the locations for each type x 33 Pool Transition A slotted tube Transition B slotted tube Slotted end tubes Buttresses Transition B slotted tube Transition A slotted tube Buttress slotted tubes 2-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

231 When you come to Section 3, Part A, insert the following extra Steps 2(f), (g) and (h) after Step 2(e): 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall f. Before proceeding, make sure the pool liner is completely installed and all of the slotted tubes and connectors are in place. g. At the top of each buttress, make sure the distance between the ends of the slotted tubes on the top edge of the wall is 4" (10 cm). Insert the plastic tube (key A) into the inside of the slotted tubes (key B) to fill the 4" (10 cm) space. The plastic tubes are inserted only in the spaces along the straight sides of the pool where the buttresses are located, not around the round ends of the pool. Make sure the plastic tubes are correctly installed or else when you install the top plates later they will not fit properly. h. Where there are no buttresses installed, the space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the verticals should be about 1/2" (13 mm). 19 4" (10 cm) B A buttress B When you come to Section 3, Part A, replace Step 4(a) with the following: 4. asten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) a. When installing the beaded liner retainer the ends must be at least 12" away from any buttress or it will be difficult to attach the top plates later. The beaded liner retainer may need to be cut to complete the installation. Important: make sure the segments of liner retainer are put on the top edge of the wall. b. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. When you come to Section 3, Part A, insert the following extra Step 5(c) after Step 5(b): 5. Make a Cove c. Along the sides of the pool, each of the buttresses make the wall scallop inward slightly. The cove at the bottom of the wall will be a little narrower and shorter at these points. Make sure the dimensions of the cove where it passes the buttresses match diagram 20 for a correctly shaped cove (7.5 cm) 4 (10 cm) Buttress 2-6 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

232 Additional Installation Information for Section 4 When you come to Section 4, Part A, replace Step 3 with the following:! Important: If the 7" (18 cm) top plate (see diagram 23) is shown in your manual, return to using that manual after installing the transition rails, as described in the Additional Installation Information. Note: the manual included with your pool may show the 6" (15 cm) top plate (shown below), but the 7" (18 cm) top plate (see diagram 23) has been supplied instead. Proceed to step (c) on this page. 6" (15 cm) Top Plate Connectors 3. Install the Top Rails Note: You must use any additional components that come with your pool and are required for proper assembly as described in your manual Section 4. a. Install all the side rails between the buttresses. Use hole A and line up all of the holes as shown in diagram 23. asten through the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 9). Do not tighten any of the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place. Make sure the verticals are aligned straight up and down (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side rails). b. Install the remaining verticals as shown in Section 4, Installing the Top Rails & Verticals. c. Important: the four transition A top rails are marked with a coloured dot and the ends are mitred. If your pool has connectors that match either of the connectors shown to the left, skip the rest of step (c) and proceed to step (d); if not, then continue with the rest of step (c). Only the end of the transition A top rail that is over a buttress will fasten into the hole marked B in the top plate, as shown in diagram 22. or the rest of the end rails, use hole A and line up all of the holes as shown in diagram 23. asten through the two oval holes to the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 9) Transition A End Rail Vertical Side Rail use hole B Buttress Do not tighten any of the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place Transition A top rail buttress use hole A first vertical on round end of pool 2-7 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

233 d. Beginning with one of the transition A top rails, place one end of the rail (key 8) over the top plate at a buttress, and the other end over the top plate at a vertical as shown in diagram 21. (Important: refer back to step (c) to see which holes to use.) The top rail will form a large overhang on each side of the pool wall. Install the end rail as shown in diagram 24. When you install the rails, leave only 1/16" (2 mm) between the ends of the rails. Do not tighten the screws yet because you might need to adjust the rails later. Important: if any of the verticals are not straight up and down, adjust the base plate and bottom end of the vertical side to side as required by gently tapping on the base plate with a hammer and a block of wood. If you need to adjust the top of the vertical, you may need to remove the top plate first or else the wall and the liner could be damaged. e. Check the length of the second transition A top rail before you fasten it. If the end of the transition rail overlaps the side rail, it needs to be cut; if the oval holes of the transition rail do not match the holes in the top plate, you must drill new holes. (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side rails; any overlap will be over the adjacent transition rail.) In the case that the transition rail seems to be too short, you must pull the rails you just installed so the end of the transition rail can be attached to the top plate. The oval holes provide approximately 2" (51 mm) adjustment at each end of the pool. f. Repeat steps (d) and (e) for the other side of the pool. 4. If the transition rail needs to be drilled and/or cut follow these steps: a. Temporarily unscrew the end 9 of the side rail that is next to the transition rail. (Note: the 12' x 18' pool does not have side 8 rails.) b. Place one end of the transition rail (key 8) underneath the side rail. (Note: for the12' x 18' pool place one end above the other transition rail.) Place the other end over the first vertical on the round end of the pool and temporarily fasten this end midway of the adjustment provided by the oval holes. If you have a 12' x 18' pool, jump to step (k) now use hole A first vertical on round end of pool Transition A top rail 25 Buttress Side rail Overlap 2-8 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

234 c. With the end of the side rail on top of the transition rail, mark two dimensions 1/2" (13 mm) and 1-1/8" (29 mm) away from the end of the side rail. Then temporarily unscrew the other end of the side rail and move it to draw the lines X and Y. The first line X is parallel to the end of the side rail, 1/2" (13 mm) away. This will be the line you will cut along to shorten the transition rail. The second line Y is also parallel to the end of the side rail, 1-1/8" (29 mm) away. This will be the line that the new 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes lie on. d. To mark the locations of the 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes, draw two lines through the centres of each of the two oval holes, parallel to the length of the rail, to intersect the line Y. The intersection of these lines will determine the locations of the new 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes that need to be drilled. e. If your pool calls for a support plate, drill another 1/4" (6 mm) hole 1-1/2" (38 mm) or 2-1/8" (54 mm) toward the inside of the pool along the line Y. Measure that distance on your pool. f. Remove the transition rail and drill the 1/4" (6 mm) holes using the marks that lie on the line Y. g. Cut the transition rail along the 1/2" (13 mm) line X using a hacksaw (use a blade with at least 32 teeth per inch). h. asten the side rail and the transition rail in place. i. Repeat steps (a) to (h) to install the top rails at the other end of the pool /8" (29 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) j. Continue with the remaining steps explained in your manual Section 4, Installing the Top Rails & the Verticals, Part A, under Step 3, Install the Top Rails. k. If you have a 12' x 18' pool, draw the cutting line X along the centre of the top plate where the two transition rails meet. The line Y should be drawn parallel to line X but 3/4" (19 mm) away from line X. To determine the locations of the 1/4" (6 mm) screw holes, follow the above steps (d) to (j). l. Continue with Section 4, Step 4 of your manual. Y X 27 Cut line Line for new holes Transition A top rail Side rail Line Y for new holes Two lines through old oval holes, intersecting line Y Y X Transition A top rail 2-9 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

235 D. Maintaining your Pool After you have finished installing your pool, follow these instructions to keep it clean and in good shape. Caution: Chlorine can damage your pool liner and metal parts. Wash any spills right away. Remember: Any rusty areas on the pool wall must be repainted quickly with antirust paint. A badly rusted pool wall can collapse. 1. The Liner a. Check the liner regularly for leaks. b. Minor repairs can be made to the liner with a repair kit. 2. Pool Wall and Vertical Columns a. Keep the pool wall and vertical columns clean. Wash down every so often with mild soap. Do not use abrasives, chemicals or cleansers. b. Wash off any spilled pool chemicals right away. c. Recoat all showing screw heads with clear outdoor varnish. d. Check all metal parts for rust regularly, at least once per season. e. Touch up scratches and rusty area on metal parts with matching antirust paint. ollow the directions on the paint can. f. Every two years, lower the water level in your pool to 12" (30 cm) deep. Remove the top edge of the liner from the pool wall and look for hidden rust on the inside of the pool wall. See Section 4 for instructions on removing the liner. g. Pay special attention to any leaks at the skimmer and return openings. Leaks must be fixed immediately No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

236 E. Winterizing your Pool At the end of the swimming season, you must follow these directions to make your pool ready for the winter. Caution: Do not drain all the water from your pool for the winter, and do not remove the liner. An empty pool can collapse in the winter. 1. Lower the Water Level a. Lower the water level in your pool until it is about 6" (15 cm) below the water return fitting. b. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. Make sure all water is drained from the skimmer housing, and make sure the hole at the bottom of the skimmer is left UNPLUGGED. 2. Check all Joints and Screws a. Make sure all the frame joints are fitting together properly and make sure the pool wall has not shifted from the bottom rail. b. Make sure all screws and bolts are tight. 3. Check for Rust Paint any scratches or rusty areas with anti-rust paint. Remember: ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. 4. Check the Liner Make sure the top of the liner is still attached to the pool wall with plastic coping. Do not remove the liner from the pool. Removal of the liner will void the existing warranty. Do not drain all the water from the pool for the winter. 5. inding Leaks Make sure the liner has no leaks. Check the liner for leaks and repair any holes with a vinyl patch. Leaks in the winter can cause severe damage to your pool. 6. Pool Accessories Remove all pool accessories from the pool, including the ladder. Leave the skimmer attached to the pool wall. Ensure that the skimmer lid is installed and the opening at the bottom of the skimmer is open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. 7. The ilter Disconnect the hoses from the filter. ollow the winterizing instructions in your filter manual No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

237 Important Winterizing Notice All Pools: The water level must be maintained at least 3" (76 mm) below the skimmer opening throughout the winter. Surplus water must be removed by pumping, draining or siphoning so that it doesn t enter the skimmer during the winter. Remove all hoses attached to the skimmer and return fittings. The opening at the bottom of the skimmer MUST be kept open so that accumulated water can drain immediately. Pools with 12" (30 cm) skimmers: In addition to the above, the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) must be inserted into the 12" (30 cm) skimmer (see illustration below). ailure to install the Pool Winterizing Kit and follow the winterizing procedures, in accordance with these instructions, may void the pool warranty. The Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) is also available from your pool dealer. All Pools: Do not attach the pool cover to the top rails, verticals, connectors or any part of the skimmer. 12" (30 cm) Wide Mouth Skimmer 3" (76 mm) Pool Winterizing Kit Maintain water level at least 3" (76 mm) below skimmer opening throughout the winter Insert the Pool Winterizing Kit (Part Number ) into the skimmer until it fits flush with the skimmer flange. On some skimmers, it may be necessary to trim the foam to make a friction fit and/or use a wooden wedge to keep it in place during the winter No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

238 SECTION 2 Note: If you want, instead of using patio stones you can make crushed limestone pads. Dig a 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) square hole 2" (5 cm) deep and fill the hole with crushed limestone, packing it down hard. Spray the crushed limestone with water as you pack it down. Hint: Bend the first 1/8" (3 mm) of the end of the bottom rail slightly with a pair of pliers to make sure the rail doesn t slide out of the base plate when the pool wall is installed. Remember: Spread brick sand or sheets of styrofoam out over the entire pool foundation area inside the base rails. This provides a protective surface for the pool liner to rest on. Pools with a styrofoam layer must still have a cove. Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Base A. Assemble your Pool Base Lay out the Base Plates and Bottom Rails a. This step is optional: Place sheets of 1" or 1-1/2" (25 or 38 mm) thick Styrofoam on the ground over the complete area where the pool is to be constructed. Place the bottom rails and base plates on top of the Styrofoam. Do not leave any gaps between the ends of the bottom rails. Using the inside face of the base rail as a cutting line, cut the Styrofoam with a knife. Prior to removing the Styrofoam from inside of the pool perimeter, number each piece with a marker to make reassembling them fast and easy. Remove all of the Styrofoam from under the base plates and from inside of the pool (the Styrofoam trimmed off outside the rails can be discarded). Neatly stack the Styrofoam removed from inside of the pool it will be required later after the pool wall has been installed in Section 3, not before. b. Place the base plates equally spaced around the perimeter of your foundation. If you are using the optional patio stones, place one base plate on each stone. c. Slide the curved bottom rails together with the base plates. Leave a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between the ends of the bottom rails. 2. Spread out Brick Sand 1 a. Spread a layer of fine brick sand (no pebbles) over the foundation area, 2" (5 cm) deep. Use a rake to make the brick sand flat and smooth. Instead of brick sand, you can use the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a, but you must wait until the pool wall has been installed (Section 3) before using this option. When you reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool, join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam B Part No rev. 0 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

239 SECTION 3 Hint: Bring the following items onto the pool foundation before you start uncoiling the pool wall: the pool liner, some extra brick sand to make the cove in Step 5, and a ladder to climb out after the wall is assembled. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for a calm day. Remember: For best results, mount the skimmer on the downwind side of the pool (that is, directly across from the most common wind direction). Wind Locate the skimmer on this side Hint: Secure the slotted tube connector to the wall with a piece of duct tape after installation to prevent it from lifting off the wall. Pool Component Installation Manual Assembling the Pool Wall & Liner A. Assemble your Pool Wall This section is for Round and Oval pools (Round pools are shown). 1. Set the Pool Wall in place a. Wait for a calm day. Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. b. Unpackage the coiled pool wall and stand it on a piece of cardboard or plywood at the centre of the pool. The cut-outs for the through-thewall skimmer should be towards the top of the wall. Look for a THIS WAY UP label and arrow. c. Start uncoiling the wall, guiding the bottom edge into the curved bottom rail. The starting end of the wall must be positioned over a base plate, and the skimmer and return holes should be positioned where the pump and filter will be. d. Set lengths of slotted tube onto the top edge of the wall as you uncoil it and join the slotted tubes with connectors as you go, leaving a 1/2" (13 mm) gap between each. Make sure the gap is directly above the base plate (this applies to round pools, oval pools and Gibraltar Style pools). (If you have a beaded pool liner, set lengths of liner retainer on the top edge of the wall first, then the slotted tubes and connectors.) (Retainer for beaded liner only) 3-1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

240 e. Work around the foundation until the entire pool wall is uncoiled into the bottom rails and the top edge is covered with slotted tubes and connectors (and beaded liner retainers if you have a beaded pool liner). Hint: Stick a screwdriver through two of the holes to help line up the ends of the wall. 2. Join the Ends of the Pool Wall a. Line up the holes in the two ends of the pool wall. 5 b. To line up the holes, make the circle bigger or smaller by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 6 Remember: The bolt heads must be toward the inside of the pool. Cover the bolt heads with duct tape. c. Join the ends of the pool wall with a bolt and nut through each hole. Place each bolt head towards the inside of the pool and each nut towards the outside. d. Tighten each bolt and nut securely. 7 e. Cover the seam and bolt heads on the inside of the pool wall completely with 2" (50 mm) duct tape No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

241 Caution: The pool must be level within 1" (25 mm) across the diameter. A pool that is not level is dangerous and may collapse. 3. Make sure the Pool Wall is Level a. Use a length of string and a line-level to check across the top edge of the pool wall to see if it is level. Check the wall in several different directions. The wall must be level. If the level is off by more than 1" (25 mm) across the diameter of the pool, take the wall apart and level the foundation again Make sure the Pool Wall is Round a. Using a tape measure, measure across the circle at each base plate. The pool wall must be round within 1" (25 mm) (all of the measurements must be within 1" (25 mm) of each other). Adjust the circle by nudging the base plates in or out with your foot. 11 b. Adjusting the pool to the proper shape may cause the base rails and base plates to slip out of alignment a little. Recheck all of the base plates to make sure each one is centred where the base rails meet Install the Styrofoam Sheets (optional) a. If you chose the option of using Styrofoam instead of brick sand, you can now install the sheets of Styrofoam previously cut out in Step 1a. Reassemble the sheets in the centre of the pool and join them with duct tape along the whole length of each seam. Remember to wait until the pool wall has been installed in Section 3 before installing the Styrofoam. 3-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

242 Remember: The cove is an important part of the pool structure. Take your time to make a complete, full-size cove. Caution: The Wall-Saver gasket is important for protection against corrosion. Failure to install this gasket properly on the cutout for 6" or 12" skimmers may void the warranty of your pool wall. If the gasket is damaged, get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall- Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. Hint: If possible, unfold the liner on the grass one to two hours before installation. Be careful not to leave the liner too long or you may damage the grass. 6. Make a Cove a. Make a curved cove about 6" (15 cm) high and 8" (20 cm) wide all around the bottom of the pool wall on the inside. b. Use fine earth or brick sand to make the cove, and pack it firmly into shape. 7. Install the Wall-Saver Gasket a. The Wall-Saver gasket provides a water-tight seal around the skimmer cut-out for the through-the-wall skimmer. Gently spread apart the two layers of the gasket and insert it into the skimmer cutout so that it sandwiches the wall. Be very careful not to tear or damage the seam in the gasket or the gasket may leak. Take extra care not to cut or damage the gasket when you are installing the skimmer later. If the gasket is damaged, you must get a replacement from your pool dealer. Note: The "Wall-Saver" gasket is not required or provided for walls using 14" skimmers. B. Install your Pool Liner 1. Set the liner in place a. Open the carton. Do not use anything sharp to open the carton. b. Unpack and unfold the liner and spread it out in the sun to warm it up. Inspect all the seams and surfaces for holes No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

243 Hint: To smooth out the wrinkles in step 2(c), use a vacuum cleaner: block the skimmer outlet with cardboard and tape and put the vacuum hose through the skimmer return hole, between the liner and pool wall. Seal the hole with tape and keep the hose 4" to 6" (10 to 15 cm) above the sand cove so you don t suck up any sand. Start the vacuum and run it until most of the wrinkles are gone. Then, stop the vacuum and add 1" (2.5 cm) of water to the pool. Finally, remove the vacuum hose and unplug the skimmer hole. c. Spread out the liner. Follow the instructions supplied with the liner for the correct orientation of the smooth side. The curved seam should be centred on the cove at the base of the wall. The other seams will form straight lines across the bottom of the pool. d. Smooth out all the wrinkles in the bottom. 2. Fasten the Liner in place (Overlap Liner only) This step applies only if you have an Overlap Liner. See the next page if you have a Beaded Liner or V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and drape them over the top of the pool wall. If you have a 52" (132 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 2" (5 cm) overhang; if you have a 48" (122 cm) high pool, pull the liner up until there is 6" (15 cm) overhang. b. Fasten the liner to the top of the wall with plastic coping. Let the liner hang slack for now. Do not pull the liner tight. c. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. Remove the plastic coping around the top edge of the wall one piece at a time and adjust the liner. Keep smoothing out the wrinkles Remember: Do not trim off the excess liner. (If the liner ever needs to be removed, trimming the liner will make re-installation very difficult.) Instead, roll up any excess liner and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. 3. Trim the Plastic Coping and Roll Up the Excess Liner a. After all the wrinkles in the liner are removed, trim any extra length of plastic coping so there is no overlap. b. Roll up any excess liner hanging below the plastic coping and tape it in place near the top of the pool wall. Important: Do not trim off the excess liner No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

244 4. Fasten the Liner in place (Beaded Liner only) This step applies only if you have a Beaded Liner. See the previous page if you have an Overlap Liner or below if you have a V-Bead Liner. a. Lift the sides of the liner and insert the beaded edge into the liner retainer on the top edge of the pool wall. b. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall Fasten the Liner in place (V-Bead Liner only) This step applies only if you have a V-Bead Liner. See steps 2 and 3 if you have an Overlap Liner, or step 4 if you have a Beaded Liner. a. Remove the slotted tubes and connectors from the top edge of the pool wall. Important: do not remove all of the slotted tubes at once; remove only two lengths of slotted tube at a time. b. Hook the V-bead over the edge of the pool wall. c. The space between the ends of the slotted tubes at the tops of the locations where the verticals will be attached, should be about 1/2" (13 mm). If you have a Oval System, refer to page 2-5 or 2-6, step 2 in the manual. d. Replace the two lengths of slotted tube and connectors. e. Repeat steps (a) to (d) until you have gone around the entire pool and finished attaching the pool liner in place. f. Start filling the pool with water. As the pool fills, work out all the wrinkles and smooth the liner to the wall. 6. Proceed to Section 4 a. Continue with Section 4 to finish assembling your pool No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

245 SECTION 4 Pool Component Installation Manual Installing the Top Rails & Verticals A. Attach your Verticals and Top Rails 1. Continue filling your Pool a. Continue filling your pool with water. Do not put in more than 12" (30 cm) of water until the top rails and vertical columns are all attached. b. Keep working on the top rails and vertical columns while the pool fills. See the drawing on the next page for an overview of all the parts used to install the verticals, top rails and top connectors. 2. Install the Vertical Columns a. Line up the bottom of one vertical column (key 1) with the two small tabs on one base plate (key 2). The tabs must be on the inside of the vertical column. The end of the vertical with three holes must be nearest the top and the end with two holes nearest the bottom b. Line up the screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw (key 3) on each side. 1 c. Hook a top plate (key 4) over the top edge of the pool wall (key 5). Place the top plate down over the top of the vertical column with the tabs on the outside of the column. Make sure the vertical column is straight up and down.! Hint: Use the ridges in the pool wall to make sure the vertical column is straight up and down. d. Line up the oval screw holes and fasten with one self-tapping screw on each side and one on the front (key 3). e. Repeat the last four steps for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

246 Overview of Vertical, Top Rail and Top Connector Assembly No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

247 ! Note: Failure to install the spacer will damage the top rails during the installation process. 3. Install the Top Rails a. IMPORTANT: For round pools and round ends of ovals pools. The letter 'A' on the spacer (key 6) must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so that the holes in the spacer are over the 'A' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram 3. b. IMPORTANT: For oval pools only. At the buttresses the letter 'B' on the spacer must be pointing towards the outisde of the pool. Install the spacer so 3 that the holes in the spacer are over the 'B' holes in the top plate as shown in diagram c. Place a top rail (key 7) with one end on top of the top plate and spacer. The side of the top rail facing the centre of the pool is shorter than the side facing the outside of the pool. The side of the top rail 4 facing the outside of the pool will form a large overhang as shown in diagram d. Line up the holes as shown. Fasten through the two oval holes into the holes in the top plate below with two self-tapping screws (key 3). Do not tighten the screws yet. Leave the screws slightly loose until all the top rails are in place. 7 e. Repeat step (e) for the other end of the top rail. f. Repeat steps (a) to (f) to install the rest of the top rails around the top of the pool wall. 5 g. Make the pool settle into a perfect circle by pushing the top of the pool wall vigorously inward at each vertical (this will help make the bottom of the pool wall shift into a perfect circle). h. Adjust all the top rails to line up evenly with each other and tighten all the screws. 6 PUSH VIGOROUSLY 4-3 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

248 4. Install the Top Connectors a. Line up the inner half of a two-piece connector (key 8) above the ends of two top rails. 3 b. Hook the top connector under the inside edges of the top rails. 8 c. Bring the top connector down into place and fasten it with one self-tapping screw (key 3) into the top plate below. 9 d. Slide the outer half of the top connector (key 9) into place on the inner half. 7 3 e. Line up one screw hole to the side of the vertical column as shown in diagram 8. Fasten them togehter with a selftapping screw (key 3). Repeat this to the other side of the connector. Tighten the screws. f. First insert the small tab on the right of the logo insert (key 10) into the small opening on the top of the connector designed for the logo insert. Bend the insert slightly and insert the large tab on the left into the large opening across from the small opening on top of the connector. Press down on the insert to ensure a proper fit g. Repeat the last six steps for the rest of the top connectors. 5. Install the Foot Cover a. Place the foot cover on top of the base plate (key 11). Slide the foot cover towards the pool wall until the side clips and front clip snap into the slots in the vertical column (key 1). Important: Ensure that the side clips snap into the slots on the sides of the vertical No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

249 ! Hint: In step 5(b), push the sides of the foot cover inward while you slide the cover into place, to make sure the two side clips snap into the slots. b. Repeat the last step for each of the vertical columns around the pool wall. 11 B. Fill your Pool with Water 1. Finish filling the pool a. Fill the pool with water to 2" (5 cm) below the lowest opening. Next, follow the installation instructions for your skimmer.! Important: The pool wall may bulge and shift a little while filling with water. This is normal. Caution: Before anyone uses your pool, read and follow all the Safety Rules in Section 1. This pool is not for diving or jumping. 4-5 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

250 Additional Installation Information Important Read Me First For Gibraltar Style Oval Pools SECTION 2 Gibraltar Pools Part No rev. 0 Assembling the Pool Base & Side Buttresses When you come to Section 2, page 2-1 in the Gibraltar Installation Manual, REPLACE Step 1 (a) with the following: 1. Install the Curved Bottom Rails a. Each pool uses two, three or four different types of curved bottom rails (key 13). The rails are colour coded or stamped with a part number. Use the chart below to choose the types and quantities of bottom rails for your pool (part numbers are shown in brackets under each colour). Pool Size Quantity and Colour Code (with part numbers.) Buttress Rail Transition Rail A Transition Rail B End Rail 12' x 18' n/a 4 yellow n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) 12' x 24' 4 white 4 blue n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 24' 2 white 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) 15' x 30' 4 red 4 green n/a 8 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) 18' x 33' 4 red 4 green 4 black 6 plain (no ) (no ) (no ) (no ) (n/a = not applicable; plain = no colour code) The 18 x 33 pool is the only size that uses all four types of rails. Diagram 1 shows the locations for each type. Buttresses Transition A rail Transition B rail End rails Buttress rails 1 Transition B rail Transition A rail 1 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

251 When you come to Section 2, page 2-2 in the Gibraltar Installation Manual, REPLACE Step 1 (d to g) with the following: d. Slide the other end of the transition A rail together with a base plate (key 14). Leave a 1/4" (6 mm) gap between the end of the bottm rail and the rail stop in the middle of the base plate (see diagrams 9 and 10) e. If you have an 18 x 33 pool, insert the transition B (if you have any other size pool, skip to step (f)). Leave a 1/4" (6 mm) gap between the end of the bottom rail and the rail stop in the middle of the base plate (see diagrams 9 and 10). (See diagram 1 on the previous page for the 18 X 33 pool). 1/4 (6 mm) gaps f. Lay out the end rails and base plates on both rounds ends of the pool area. Using a piece of string attached to the centre of stake (A), measure the distance to the face of each base plate and make sure it is the same as dimension R (see pages 1-3 through 1-5). (Note: this step will not work on the buttress rails or transition rails.) g. Insert the end rails. Leave a 1/4" (6 mm) gap between the end of the bottom rail and the rail stop in the middle of the base plate (see diagrams 8,9 and 10). 7 When you come to Section 1, page 1-16 in the Gi1braltar Installation Manual, REPLACE Step 8 (d) with the following: 8. Assemble Buttresses d. Make sure there is approximately 1/8" (4 mm) gap under the tab at the bottom of each vertical U-channel so the bottom rails slide on easily. 37 1/16" 1/8 (2 (4 mm) gap 12 2 No Diving or Jumping. Observe all Safety Rules.

252 54" WALL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS These instructions are in addition to those for installing the pool wall contained in your installation manual. Caution: Do not attempt to install the pool wall in the wind. Wait for a calm day before proceeding with rolling out the wall. Allow enough time for assembling the wall, installing the liner and filling with at least 12" of water. You will require 3 to 4 people to help unroll the wall and assemble the stabilizer slotted tube and the joint hardware. Instructions: 1. Determine the desired location for your filter system and the best position for the skimmer and return holes. Note: For best results in performance, the skimmer should be mounted directly across from the most commonly found side of prevailing winds. On oval pools, the skimmer must be located at one of the round ends, not on a straight side. 2. Start at the first base plate nearest to the desired skimmer location. Center the end of the wall over the base plate so that it will be hidden behind the vertical column of the frame when finished. For larger pools with two piece walls, ensure that the opposite joint is also centered over a base plate. Roll out the wall as shown in your installation manual. Caution! The wall joint is a very important part of the structure of the pool. Do not deviate from these instructions or use any substitute materials or hardware because the warranty of the pool may be effected. 3. Align the holes at the ends of the wall. 4. On each side of the wall joint align the reinforcing bars with the holes in the wall as illustrated below. Install all the bolts and nuts securely, do not over tighten the bolts. The heads of the bolts must be on the inside of the wall and the nuts on the outside. 5. Cover the bolt heads on the inside of the wall with thick adhesive tape to protect the liner from damage. 6. Continue with your instruction manual to complete the rest of the pool installation. Inside of Pool Reinforcing Bar Pool wall Pool wall Reinforcing Bar Wall bolt Nut REV. 0

253 PROCEDURE FOR FILING WARRANTY CLAIM The following materials and/or information are required in order to open and process a warranty claim: 1) Customers are asked to send color photographs clearly showing the area of concern in the pool. Usually four to six photographs are sufficient. Customer must include both wide and close up shots. Please include at least one photograph of the complete pool so that the ground preparation can be viewed. 2) A clear copy of customer s original bill of sale or contract showing the date of purchase, where purchase was made, what product was purchased, and the purchaser s name. 3) A letter describing customers concern which includes all contact information including a daytime telephone number and return address. 4) Customer to send the letter and/or package to the following address: Northern Lights Recreation Co Clark Blvd. Brampton, ON Canada L6T 3W4 ATTN: WARRANTY DEPARTMENT [email protected] OR 5) All warranty claims are handled in priority sequence. Once package is received, the appropriate department reviews the pictures where all data including photographs will be assessed. 6) A letter will be written and forwarded outlining our disposition and the necessary steps to complete the warranty process.

254 OUTBACK MODELS PRO-RATED WARRANTY Terms & Conditions 1. This warranty is extended to the original purchaser (consumer) only. It covers Northern Lights swimming pool only. Other equipment skimmers, liners, filters, ladders, heaters, etc. have a separate warranty enclosed in their respective cartons. 2. This pool is warranted to be free of manufacturing defects. The product must be assembled according to the factory directions and no changes made in any of the parts. This warranty is rendered null and void if the design of the product is altered. Northern Lights Recreation Co. pools are designed for above ground installation only and are not intended for any in-ground, below grade, or backfilled installation. The purchaser is urged to carefully observe and follow cautions in the installation manual in order to avoid inadvertent damage. All commitments by manufacturer shall be declared null and void if the purchaser fails to comply with the conditions outlined above and as outlined in the supplied installation instructions pertaining to assembly, care and maintenance. 3. No incidental, consequential or other damages will be paid. Failure of the purchaser to allow the dealer and/or manufacturer to inspect the product claimed defective shall render the foregoing warranties null and void. 4. UNDER NO CONDITIONS WILL NORTHERN LIGHTS BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF LABOUR AND/OR WATER CHEMICAL LOSS OR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INSTALLATION OR FAULTY PRODUCT. This warranty is voided if the pool is left standing without water exposing the liner to the direct sunlight for a period in excess of a day. If for any reason it is necessary to empty water from the pool, it should be refilled the same day. 5. REPAIRS - Due to chemical conditions in water and/or exposure to sun, empty liners are subject to shrinkage. To avoid this repairs should be made on site whenever possible. Before liners or parts are removed, secure permission from your Northern Lights dealer or direct from Northern Lights Customer Service Department. 6. To obtain performance under this warranty, within ten days of discovery, the purchaser should contact the dealer from whom the product was purchased. The dealer is authorised to correct the legitimate factory defects: however, he also is charged with the responsibility of determining beyond a reasonable doubt that the defect was one created by the manufacturer. Sales slip showing date of purchase must be submitted with claim. 7. Pro-rated schedule - for this purpose "season" will be deemed to have ended December 31st of the year in which the pool was purchased. This warranty holds no cash value. Northern Lights reserves the right to repair or replace the defective part or parts at its discretion. When the fault is Northern Lights First season replacements, with exception of those stipulated in this warranty, will be at no charge to the consumer.* After the first anniversary following purchase and for the duration of the pro-rated warranty, eligible pools found to be defective will be replaced at a pro-rated cost equal to the following percentages of the then existing manufacturers suggested retail price. SOUTHPORT 2 nd year 25% 3 6 years 50% 7 10 years 65% years 75% BRISBANE 2 nd year 25% 3 6 years 50% 7 10 years 65% years 75% years 90% BARRIER REEF BARRIER REEF RTS 2 nd year 25% 3 6 years 50% 7 10 years 65% years 75% years 90% Freight is charged collect F.O.B. Northern Lights plant, Brampton, Ontario, Canada. All sales taxes are extra. Certified cheque or money order required prior to shipment from Northern Lights. * First year claims are subject to a 10% Service and Handling fee on the list price of all items ordered. Northern Lights is the warrantor of this product. Northern Lights Recreation Co Clark Blvd, Brampton, Ontario. CANADA L6T 3W4 Toll Free: (877) 280-POOL (7665) CAUTION: NO DIVING OR JUMPING. OBSERVE ALL SAFETY RULES. [ ]

255 EMPIRE SIZE DESCRIPTION SPP ITEM NUMBER APP ITEM NUMBER QTY REQ'D BOX NUMBER 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33' PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 3 OF 4 ROUND CONNECTOR PK OF 7 OVAL RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 3 OF 4 ROUND CONNECTOR PK OF 7 OVAL RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL "C" C 1 WALL "D" D 1 SKIMMER PR TOP PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL "C" C 1 WALL "D" D 1 SKIMMER EMPIRE Checklist Page 1 of 2

256 EMPIRE 12' X 18' 12'X24' 15'X30' 18'X33' 2x2 4x4 8' PV TOP PACK OF 5 VERTICAL PACK OF 5 MID PACK OF 5 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 ROUND 4 OF 5 OVAL RAIL PACK OF 5 WALL SKIMMER PV TOP PACK OF 7 VERTICAL PACK OF 7 MID PACK &4&5 OF 7 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 ROUND 6 OF 7 OVAL RAIL PACK OF 7 WALL SKIMMER PV TOP PACK OF 7 VERTICAL PACK OF 7 MID PACK &4&5 OF 7 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 ROUND 6 OF 7 OVAL RAIL PACK OF 7 WALL SKIMMER PV TOP PACK OF 7 VERTICAL PACK OF 7 MID PACK &4&5 OF 7 CONNECTOR PK OF 4 ROUND 6 OF 7 OVAL RAIL PACK OF 7 WALL SKIMMER Hand Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack Wall Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack ' Round Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack EMPIRE Checklist Page 2 of 2

257 MELBOURNE SIZE DESCRIPTION SPP ITEM NUMBER APP ITEM NUMBER QTY REQ'D BOX NUMBER 12' 15' 18' 21' 24' 27' 30' 33' PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL SKIMMER PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL- C C 1 WALL- D D 1 SKIMMER PR TOP RAIL PACK OF 4 VERTICAL PACK OF 4 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL BASE RAIL PACK OF 4 WALL- C C 1 WALL- D D 1 SKIMMER MELBOURNE Checklist Page 1 of 2

258 MELBOURNE 12' X 24' 15' X 30' 18' X 33' 2x2 4x4 8' PV TOP RAIL PACK OF 8 VERTICAL PACK (10) OF 8 VERTICAL PACK (6) OF 8 BASE RAIL PACK OF 8 MID PACK ,6&7 OF 8 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL WALL SKIMMER PV TOP RAIL PACK OF 8 VERTICAL PACK (10) OF 8 VERTICAL PACK (6) OF 8 BASE RAIL PACK OF 8 MID PACK ,6&7 OF 8 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL WALL SKIMMER PV TOP RAIL PACK OF 8 VERTICAL PACK (12) OF 8 VERTICAL PACK (6) OF 8 BASE RAIL PACK OF 8 MID PACK ,6&7 OF 8 CONNECTOR PACK OF 4 ROUND 8 OF 8 OVAL WALL SKIMMER Hand Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack Wall Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack ' Round Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack MELBOURNE Checklist Page 2 of 2

259 SOUTHPORT SIZE DESCRIPTION SPP ITEM NUMBER APP ITEM NUMBER QTY REQ'D BOX NUMBER 12' PR FRAME PACK OF 1 WALL SKIMMER ' PR FRAME PACK OF 1 WALL SKIMMER ' PR FRAME PACK OF 1 WALL SKIMMER ' PR FRAME PACK OF 1 WALL SKIMMER ' PR FRAME PACK OF 1 WALL SKIMMER ' PR FRAME PACK OF 1 WALL SKIMMER ' PR FRAME PACK WALL C 1 WALL D 1 SKIMMER ' PR FRAME PACK WALL C 1 WALL D 1 SKIMMER PV 'X 18' FRAME PACK OF 3 STRAP PACK OF 3 MID PACK OF 3 WALL SKIMMER ' X 24' PV FRAME PACK OF 3 STRAP PACK OF 3 MID PACK OF 3 WALL SKIMMER ' X 30' PV FRAME PACK OF 3 STRAP PACK OF 3 MID PACK OF 3 WALL SKIMMER x2 4x4 8' Hand Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack Wall Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack ' Round Sample Frame Pack Wall Pack SOUTHPORT Checklist Page 1 of 1

260 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 45-9/16" 10 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (77) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 3 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 2 Rail Pack HARDWARE PACK (8) SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 12' DIA X 44-5/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 10 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (77) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 3 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 2 Rail Pack HARDWARE PACK (8) SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 15' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 1 of 9

261 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 18' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 12 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (59) 3 Vertical Pack VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 3 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (12) 4 Rail Pack SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 21' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 14 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (95) 2 Vertical Pack VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 4 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 3 Rail Pack HARDWARE PACK (8) SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 21' DIA X 56-3/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 21'DIA X 55-3/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 2 of 9

262 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 24' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 16 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (95) 2 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 4 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 4 Rail Pack SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 27' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 18 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (95) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 5 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 4 Rail Pack HARDWARE PACK (8) SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 27' DIA X 55-7/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 27'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 3 of 9

263 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 30' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 20 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (59) 3 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (95) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 5 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 5 Rail Pack SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 30'DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 30'DIA X 55 1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR C " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC D WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW 1 Wall Pack CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 33' POOL T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 22 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (77) 4 Vertical Pack VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 6 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 5 Rail Pack HARDWARE PACK (8) SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 33'DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 33'DIA X 55-3/8" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR C " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC D WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW 1 Wall Pack 4 of 9

264 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' x 18' T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 45-9/16" 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack TRAN RAIL GENR SLT T 58-1/4" 4 POOL INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (59) 3 Vertical Pack VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 3 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (12) 4 Gibraltar SUPPORT PLATE-#2 12 Rail Pack BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BRKT VERT MODIFIED BTM RAIL 12' DIA X 44-5/8" BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X46-9/16 12' GIB(3) INST GIB BUTTRESS OVAL(3) HRDW GIBRALTAR MID PACK(3) 1 Gibraltar BRACKET MIDDLE "T" 4 Mid Pack BRACKET OUTSIDE "T" BRACKET-INSIDE "L" BRKT-STRAP GIB(3) HOLD DOWN PLATE-GIB(3) BOTTOM CHANNEL-GIB(3) UPRIGHT CHANNEL 52"(3) " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 5 of 9

265 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' x 24' T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 45-9/16" 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL 8" GENR SLT"T"47-1/4" 4 POOL TRAN RAIL GENR SLT T 47" INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (95) 2 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 4 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 4 Rail Pack SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BRKT VERT MODIFIED BTM RAIL 12' DIA X 44-5/8" BTM RAIL 24'DX44-5/8"(WHT) BTM RAIL 18'DX44-5/8" BLUE SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DX44-1/8"BLUE SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DX44-1/8"WHT SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X46-9/16 12' GIB(3) INST GIB BUTTRESS OVAL(3) HRDW GIBRALTAR MID PACK(3) 1 Gibraltar BRACKET MIDDLE "T" 4 Mid Pack BRACKET OUTSIDE "T" BRACKET-INSIDE "L" BRKT-STRAP GIB(3) HOLD DOWN PLATE-GIB(3) BOTTOM CHANNEL-GIB(3) UPRIGHT CHANNEL 52"(3) " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 6 of 9

266 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' x 24' T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL 8" GENR SLT"T"47-1/4" 2 POOL TRAN RAIL GENR SLT T 58-1/4" INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (95) 2 Vertical Pack VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 4 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 3 Rail Pack HARDWARE PACK (8) SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BRKT VERT MODIFIED BTM RAIL 15' DIA X 56" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" BTM RAIL 24'DX44-5/8"(WHT) SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DX44-1/8"WHT SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X44-7/16 15' GIB(3) INST GIB BUTTRESS OVAL(3) HRDW GIBRALTAR MID PACK(3) 1 Gibraltar BRACKET MIDDLE "T" 4 Mid Pack BRACKET OUTSIDE "T" BRACKET-INSIDE "L" BRKT-STRAP GIB(3) HOLD DOWN PLATE-GIB(3) BOTTOM CHANNEL-GIB(3) UPRIGHT CHANNEL 52"(3) " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 7 of 9

267 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' x 30' T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL 8" GENR SLT"T"58-3/4" 4 POOL TRAN RAIL GENR SLT T 58-1/4" INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (95) 2 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 4 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 4 Rail Pack SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BRKT VERT MODIFIED BTM RAIL 15' DIA X 56" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X44-7/16 15' GIB(3) INST GIB BUTTRESS OVAL(3) HRDW GIBRALTAR MID PACK(3) 1 Gibraltar BRACKET MIDDLE "T" 4 Mid Pack BRACKET OUTSIDE "T" BRACKET-INSIDE "L" BRKT-STRAP GIB(3) HOLD DOWN PLATE-GIB(3) BOTTOM CHANNEL-GIB(3) UPRIGHT CHANNEL 52"(3) " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 8 of 9

268 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1140 & PV1140 Empire CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 18' x 33' T.RAIL 8" GENR SLT T 56-27/32" 10 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL 8" GENR SLT"T"58-3/4" 4 POOL TRAN RAIL GENR SLT T 58-1/4" INST GENERATION FRAME HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (95) VERT SL SLT "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK CONNECTOR 5 Connector Pack J3000 PLUG BAG ASSY-SLT-6PR CONN GENERATION LOWER SLATE CONN GENERATION FT COV SLATE CONN GENERATN UPP SLT-OUTBACK HARDWARE PACK (16) 4 Rail Pack HARDWARE PACK (8) SUPPORT PLATE-# BASE PLATE 6" TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BRKT VERT MODIFIED BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X56-7/16 18' GIB(3) INST GIB BUTTRESS OVAL(3) HRDW GIBRALTAR MID PACK(3) 1 Gibraltar BRACKET MIDDLE "T" 4 Mid Pack BRACKET OUTSIDE "T" BRACKET-INSIDE "L" BRKT-STRAP GIB(3) HOLD DOWN PLATE-GIB(3) BOTTOM CHANNEL-GIB(3) UPRIGHT CHANNEL 52"(3) " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 9 of 9

269 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 45-9/16"12D 10 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 10 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 10 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 12' DIA X 44-5/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 10 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 10 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 10 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 15' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 1 of 9

270 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 18' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 12 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 12 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 12 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 21' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 14 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (77) HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 14 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 14 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 21' DIA X 56-3/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 21'DIA X 55-3/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 2 of 9

271 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 24' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 16 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (95) HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 16 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 16 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 27' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 18 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (77) VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 18 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 18 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 27' DIA X 55-7/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 27'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 3 of 9

272 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 30' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 20 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (77) 3 Vertical Pack VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 20 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 20 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 30'DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 30'DIA X 55 1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR C " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC D WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW 1 Wall Pack CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 33' POOL T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 22 Top Pack INST ROUND GROUND PREP HARDWARE PACK (77) 3 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 22 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 22 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 33'DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 33'DIA X 55-3/8" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR C " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC D WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW 1 Wall Pack 4 of 9

273 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' x 18' T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 45-9/16"12D 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack TRAN RAIL J1000 OYS T 58-1/4" 4 POOL HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK (29) 1 Notched Vertical VERT NTCHD J1000 OYS T 51-1/2" 2 Pack DIAG OYS T 40-19/32 CHLOK I CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 12 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 10 Channel Lok I TOP PLATE 7" (2000) 12 Rail Pack BTM RAIL 12' DIA X 44-5/8" BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X61-1/8 12'-CHLK BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR INST CHLK 1 BUTRS SYSTEM HRDW CHLOK I MID PACK 1 Channel Lok BRKT-REINFORCING 4 Mid Pack BRKT-SUPPORT BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK I BRKT VERT MODIFIED VERTICAL BRACKET SUPPORT MOD BASE CHANNEL GALV-CHLOK I UPRIGHT GALV-CHLK I 52 RES BTM " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 5 of 9

274 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' x 24' T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 45-9/16"12D 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL J1000 OYS "T" 47-1/4" 4 POOL TRAN RAIL J1000 OYSTER "T" 47" HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK (77) 1 Notched Vertical VERT NTCHD J1000 OYS T 51-1/2" 6 Pack DIAG OYS T 40-19/32 CHLOK I CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 16 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 10 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 12' DIA X 44-5/8" BTM RAIL 24'DX44-5/8"(WHT) BTM RAIL 18'DX44-5/8" BLUE SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DX44-1/8"BLUE SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DX44-1/8"WHT SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X61-1/8 12'-CHLK BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR INST CHLK 1 BUTRS SYSTEM HRDW CHLOK I MID PACK 1 Channel Lok BRKT-REINFORCING 4 Mid Pack BRKT-SUPPORT BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK I BRKT VERT MODIFIED VERTICAL BRACKET SUPPORT MOD BASE CHANNEL GALV-CHLOK I UPRIGHT GALV-CHLK I 52 RES BTM " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 6 of 9

275 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' x 24' T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL J1000 OYS "T" 47-1/4" 2 POOL TRAN RAIL J1000 OYS T 58-1/4" HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK (25) 2 Notched Vertical VERT NTCHD J1000 OYS T 51-1/2" 4 Pack DIAG OYS T 40-19/32 CHLOK I CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 14 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 10 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 15' DIA X 56" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" BTM RAIL 24'DX44-5/8"(WHT) SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DX44-1/8"WHT SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X54-1/8 15'-CHLK BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR INST CHLK 1 BUTRS SYSTEM HRDW CHLOK I MID PACK 1 Channel Lok BRKT-REINFORCING 4 Mid Pack BRKT-SUPPORT BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK I BRKT VERT MODIFIED VERTICAL BRACKET SUPPORT MOD BASE CHANNEL GALV-CHLOK I UPRIGHT GALV-CHLK I 52 RES BTM " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 7 of 9

276 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' x 30' T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 8 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL J1000 OYS "T" 58-3/4" 4 POOL TRAN RAIL J1000 OYS T 58-1/4" HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK (77) 1 Notched Vertical VERT NTCHD J1000 OYS T 51-1/2" 6 Pack DIAG OYS T 40-19/32 CHLOK I CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 16 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 10 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 15' DIA X 56" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X54-1/8 15'-CHLK BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR INST CHLK 1 BUTRS SYSTEM HRDW CHLOK I MID PACK 1 Channel Lok BRKT-REINFORCING 4 Mid Pack BRKT-SUPPORT BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK I BRKT VERT MODIFIED VERTICAL BRACKET SUPPORT MOD BASE CHANNEL GALV-CHLOK I UPRIGHT GALV-CHLK I 52 RES BTM " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 8 of 9

277 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1044 & PV1141 Melbourne CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 18' x 33' T.RAIL 7" J1 OYS T 56-27/32"CO 10 BUTTRESS Top Pack S.RAIL J1000 OYS "T" 58-3/4" 4 POOL TRAN RAIL J1000 OYS T 58-1/4" HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Vertical Pack HARDWARE PACK (29) VERT J1000 OYS "T" 51-1/2" HARDWARE PACK (77) 1 Notched Vertical VERT NTCHD J1000 OYS T 51-1/2" 6 Pack DIAG OYS T 40-19/32 CHLOK I CONN J1000 OYS UPPER OUTBACK 18 Connector Pack CONN J1000 OYS LOWER (2005) J1000 PLUG OYS INST J1000 FRAME BASE PLATE 6" 12 Rail Pack TOP PLATE 7" (2000) BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" STRAP 2-7/8X50-5/8 18'-CHLK BULLETIN-NEW SLOT TB-VBEAD LNR INST CHLK 1 BUTRS SYSTEM HRDW CHLOK I MID PACK 1 Channel Lok BRKT-REINFORCING 4 Mid Pack BRKT-SUPPORT BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK I BRKT VERT MODIFIED VERTICAL BRACKET SUPPORT MOD BASE CHANNEL GALV-CHLOK I UPRIGHT GALV-CHLK I 52 RES BTM " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 9 of 9

278 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' POOL HARDWARE PACK (95) 1 Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 45-15/32" BTM RAIL 12'DIA X 44 5/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' POOL HARDWARE PACK (95) 1 Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" BTM RAIL 15'DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 1 of 9

279 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 18' POOL HARDWARE PACK (59) 2 Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 21' POOL HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Frame Pack HARDWARE PACK (77) BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" OUTER BTM RAIL 21' DIAX56.375" SLOT TUBE MOD 21'DIA X 55-3/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 2 of 9

280 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 24' POOL HARDWARE PACK (77) 2 Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" OUTER BTM RAIL 24' DIAX56.250" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 27' POOL HARDWARE PACK (77) 1 Frame Pack HARDWARE PACK (95) BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" OUTER BTM RAIL 27' DIAX55.875" SLOT TUBE MOD 27'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC 1 3 of 9

281 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 30' POOL HARDWARE PACK (95) 2 Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" BTM RAIL 30'DIA X 56-1/8" SLOT TUBE MOD 30'DIA X 55 1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME C " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC D WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW 1 Wall Pack CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 33' POOL HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 Frame Pack HARDWARE PACK (77) BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" BTM RAIL 33'DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE MOD 33'DIA X 55-3/8" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ROUND GROUND PREP INST ESPRIT FRAME C " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC D WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW 1 Wall Pack 4 of 9

282 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort 12'x18' CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY POOL HARDWARE PACK (77) 2 Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT TOP PLATE-SIDE-CHLOK II VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 45-15/32" TRAN RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 58-1/4" BTM RAIL 12'DIA X 44 5/8" BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" INST ESPRIT FRAME INST CHLKII BRTS SYSTEM (3) BULLETIN-CHLOKII CONCRETE INST " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP / LABEL 8X HRDW CHLOK II/III MID PACK 1 Mid Pack BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK II UPRT ESP TPE T CHLOK II 51-1/ DIAG TPE-CHLOK II STRAP 2-7/8X 'CHLOK II 1 Strap Pack 5 of 9

283 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 12' x 24' HARDWARE PACK (77) 2 POOL Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT TOP PLATE-SIDE-CHLOK II VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 45-15/32" TRAN RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 47" S.RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 47-1/4" BTM RAIL 12'DIA X 44 5/8" BTM RAIL 24'DX44-5/8"(WHT) BTM RAIL 18'DIA X 44 5/8"BLUE SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 12'DIA X 44" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DX44-1/8"BLUE SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DX44-1/8"WHT SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" RESIN SUPPORT-CTD BTM RAIL INST ESPRIT FRAME INST CHLKII BRTS SYSTEM (3) BULLETIN-CHLOKII CONCRETE INST " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP / LABEL 8X HRDW CHLOK II/III MID PACK 3 Mid Pack BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK II UPRT ESP TPE T CHLOK II 51-1/ DIAG TPE-CHLOK II STRAP 2-7/8X 'CHLOK II 3 Strap Pack 6 of 9

284 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' x 24' HARDWARE PACK (77) 2 POOL Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT TOP PLATE-SIDE-CHLOK II VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" TRAN RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 58-1/4" S.RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 47-1/4" BTM RAIL 15'DIA X 56" OUTER BTM RAIL 24' DIAX56.250" BTM RAIL 24'DX44-5/8"(WHT) SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DX44-1/8"WHT SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" RESIN SUPPORT-CTD BTM RAIL INST ESPRIT FRAME INST CHLKII BRTS SYSTEM (3) BULLETIN-CHLOKII CONCRETE INST " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC HRDW CHLOK II/III MID PACK 2 Mid Pack BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK II UPRT ESP TPE T CHLOK II 51-1/ DIAG TPE-CHLOK II STRAP 2-7/8X 'CHLOK II 2 Strap Pack 7 of 9

285 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 15' x 30' HARDWARE PACK (77) 2 POOL Frame Pack BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT TOP PLATE-SIDE-CHLOK II VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" TRAN RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 58-1/4" S.RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 58-3/4" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" BTM RAIL 15'DIA X 56" OUTER BTM RAIL 24' DIAX56.250" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 15'DIA X 55-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" RESIN SUPPORT-CTD BTM RAIL INST ESPRIT FRAME INST CHLKII BRTS SYSTEM (3) BULLETIN-CHLOKII CONCRETE INST " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP / LABEL 8X HRDW CHLOK II/III MID PACK 3 Mid Pack BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK II UPRT ESP TPE T CHLOK II 51-1/ DIAG TPE-CHLOK II STRAP 2-7/8X 'CHLOK II 3 Strap Pack 8 of 9

286 07 Outback Parts per Pool PR1043 & PV1142 SouthPort CARTON # QTY PART # DESCRIPTION QTY 18' x 33' HARDWARE PACK (59) 1 POOL Frame Pack HARDWARE PACK (77) HARDWARE PACK (25) BASE PLATE ESPRIT TOP PLATE-ESPRIT TOP PLATE-SIDE-CHLOK II VERT ESPRIT TPE"T" 51 1/2" T.RAIL6"ESPRIT TPE T 56-27/32" TRAN RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 58-1/4" S.RAIL ESPRIT TPE T 58-3/4" BTM RAIL 24' DIA X 56-1/4" BTM RAIL 18' DIA X 56" OUTER BTM RAIL 24' DIAX56.250" SLOT TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6-1/2" SLOT TUBE MOD 18'DIA X 55-1/4" SLOT TUBE MOD 24'DIAX55-1/2" SLOTTED TUBE CONNECTOR MOD 6" CONN ESPRIT TAUPE 6" RESIN SUPPORT-CTD BTM RAIL INST ESPRIT FRAME INST CHLKII BRTS SYSTEM (3) BULLETIN-CHLOKII CONCRETE INST " VINYL SKIMMER GASKET 1 Wall Pack WALL JOINER HDWE KIT-52" NEW COPING 47" ROUND SUNLINE NO DIVE/JUMP LABEL 8X MANUAL/LABEL PACK-ATLANTIC HRDW CHLOK II/III MID PACK 3 Mid Pack BRKT-DIAGONAL BASE PLATE -R.BUTTRESS HOLD DOWN PLATE-CHLOK II UPRT ESP TPE T CHLOK II 51-1/ DIAG TPE-CHLOK II STRAP 2-7/8X 'CHLOK II 3 Strap Pack 9 of 9